Перевод: с греческого на все языки

со всех языков на греческий

Со всех языков на:
Греческий
С греческого на:
Английский

Poets before

Толкование Перевод

1 πρῴραθεν

πρῴρ-ᾱθεν, [dialect] Ion. [suff] πρῴρ-ηθεν, in Poets before a consonant [suff] πρῷρ-θε: Adv.

A from the ship's head, from the front, Pi.P.4.22, 10.52, Th.7.36, etc.; ἐκ πρῴρηθεν, opp. κατὰ πρύμναν, Theoc.22.11; ἀπὸ π. Q.S.14.378.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρῴραθεν
2 ἔνιοι

ἔνιοι, [full] αι, α,

A some; never in [dialect] Ep., Lyr., or [dialect] Att. Poets before Men., exc. Ar.Pl. 867 (cf. however ἐνίοτε); first used in [dialect] Ion. Prose, as Hdt.1.120, 8.56, Hp.Praec.6; πολλοὶ μὲν.. ἔνιοι δὲ.. Lys.25.19
; ἔνιοι μὲν.. ἔνιοι δὲ.. Pl.Tht. 151a
, X.Mem.4.2.38; ἔνιοι μὲν.. οἱ δὲ.. Pl. Mx. 238e
; ἔνιοί τινες Isoc.15.258
: later in sg., οὐ πᾶσα κίνησις θερμαίνει, ἀλλ' ἐνία ψύχει Arist.Pr. 884b13
, cf. Thphr.Vert.1; περὶ ψυχῆς ἐνίας θεωρῆσαι Arist.Metaph. 1026a5
: neut. pl. as Adv., συμμανῆναι ἔνια δεῖ Men.421
; ἔστι καὶ ταὐτόματον ἔνια χρήσιμον Id.486
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔνιοι
3 περί

περί, Thess., Delph. περ IG9(2).517.17 (iii B.C.), al., Schwyzer 323 A4 (v/iv B.C.), also [dialect] Aeol., v. infr. A. V ; Elean παρ ib.413.4: Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.:—

A round about, all round (prop. different from ἀμφί, on both sides). (Cogn. with Skt. pári 'round about'.)

A WITH GENITIVE,

I of Place, sts. in Poets, round about, around, τετάνυστο π. σπείους ἡμερίς Od.5.68
; τείχη π. Δαρδανίας E. Tr. 818
(lyr., s.v.l.); εἴλυμα π. χροός A.R.2.1129
: rarely, like ἀμφί, on both sides, v. περιβαίνω 1 fin.

2 about near, π. σοῦ πάντα γένοιτο ῥόδα IG14.2508
([place name] Nemausus).

II to denote the object about or for which one does something:

1 with Verbs of fighting or contending, π. τινός for an object—from the notion of the thing's lying in the middle to be fought about, π. τῶνδε for these prizes, Il.23.659 ; π. πτόλιος.. μαχήσεται 18.265
; π. Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος ib. 195, cf. 17.120; π. σεῖο 3.137
; π. νηὸς ἔχον πόνον 15.416
; ἀμύνεσθαι π. πάτρης, π. νηῶν, π. τέκνων, 12.243, 142, 170, etc.; δόλους καὶ μῆτιν ὕφαινον, ὥς τε π. ψυχῆς since it was for my life, Od.9.423 ; π. ψυχῆς θέον Ἕκτορος Il.22.161
; π. ψυχέων ἐμάχοντο Od.22.245
; in Prose, τρέχειν π. ἑωυτοῦ, π. τῆς ψυχῆς, Hdt.7.57,9.37; ἀγῶνας δραμέονται π. σφέων αὐτῶν Id.8.102
; νεναυμάχηκε τὴν π. τῶν κρεῶν Ar. Ra. 191
; <τὸν> π. τοῦ παντὸς δρόμον θέοντες Hdt.8.74
; κινδυνεύειν π. τινός ibid., etc.; οὐ π. τῶν ἴσων ὁ κίνδυνός ἐστι X.HG7.1.7
; and without a Verb, π. γῆς ὅρων διαφοραί Th.1.122
; π. πάντων ἀγαθῶν ὁ ἀγών X.Cyr. 3.3.44
, cf. S.Aj. 936(lyr.), etc.; μάχη π. τινός Pl.Tht. 179d
; ἐπειγόμενοι π. νίκης Il.23.437
, cf. 639, Hdt.8.26 ; πεῖραν θανάτου π. καὶ ζωᾶς ἀναβάλλεσθαι Pi.N.9.29
; π. θανάτου φεύγειν Antipho 5.95
; but ἐρίσσαι π. μύθων contend about speaking, i. e. who can speak best, Il.15.284 ; καὶ ἀθανάτοισιν ἐρίζεσκον π. τόξων Od.8.225
, cf. 24.515.

2 with words which denote care or anxiety, about, on account of, π. Τρώων.. μερμηρίζειν Il.20.17
; ἄχος π. τινός Od.21.249
; φόνου π. βουλεύειν 16.234
; φροντίζειν π. τινός Hdt.8.36
, etc.; κήδεσθαι π. τ. S.Ph. 621
; δεδιέναι π. τ. Pl.Prt. 320a
, etc.; ἀπολογεῖσθαι π. τ. X.Cyr.2.2.13
; κρίνειν, διαγιγνώσκειν π. τ., Pi.N.5.40, Antipho 5.96; π. τ. ψηφίζεσθαι, διαψηφίζεσθαι, ψῆφον φέρειν, IG12.57.42, X.HG2.3.50, Lycurg.11 ; βουλεύεσθαι π. τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας Isoc.5.69
; π. Μεθωναίων IG12.57.49
; διανοεῖσθαι, σκοπεῖν π. τινός, Pl.Phdr. 270d, Phd. 65e; μαντεύεσθαι π. τ. Hdt.8.36
, cf. S.Tr.77 ; π. πότου γοῦν ἐστί σοι; so with you it is a question of drink? Ar.Eq.87, cf. Plu.2.43b.

3 with Verbs of hearing, knowing, speaking, etc., about, concerning, π. νόστου ἄκουσα Od.19.270
; οἶδα γὰρ εὖ π. κείνου 17.563
; π. πομπῆς μνησόμεθα 7.191
; π. πατρὸς ἐρέσθαι 1.135
, 3.77 ; π. τινὸς ἐρέειν, λέγειν, λόγον ποιήσασθαι, etc., Hdt. 1.5, S.OT 707, X.Cyr.1.6.13, etc.; λέγειν καὶ ἀκούειν π. ἑκάστου Th.4.22
, etc.; λόγος π. τινός Pl.Prt. 347b
, etc.; ἡ π. τινὸς φήμη Aeschin.1.48
; π. τινὸς ἀγγεῖλαι, κηρῦξαι, S.El. 1111, Ant. 193 ; π. τινὸς διελθεῖν, διεξελθεῖν, διηγεῖσθαι, Isoc.9.2, Pl.Plt. 274b, Euthphr.6c, etc.; παίζειν π. τινός X.Mem.1.3.8
; ἐμπειροτέρως ἔχειν π. τινός Aeschin.1.82
; νόμον γράψαι π. τινός X.HG2.3.52
, etc.; νόμῳ χρῆσθαι π. τινός S.Ant. 214
.

4 of impulse or motive rather than object, ἐμαρνάσθην ἔριδος πέρι fought for very enmity, Il.7.301, cf. 16.476, 20.253.

5 about, in regard to, μεμηνυμένος π. τινός Th.6.53
; οὕτως ἔσχε π. τοῦ πρήγματος τούτου Hdt.1.117
; τὰ π. τῶν Πλαταιῶν γεγενημένα Th.2.6
; τὸ π. τούτου γεγονός Plb.1.54.5
: in Prose freq. without a Verb, ἡ π. τῶν Μαντινικῶν πρᾶξις Th.6.88
; τὰ π. τινός the circumstances of.., ib.32, 8.14,26, etc. (cf. infr. C. 1.5); οὕτω δὴ καὶ π. τῶν ἀρετῶν (sc. ἔχει) Pl.Men. 72c, cf. R. 534b, 551c, etc.; π. τοῦ καταλειφθῆναι τὸν σῖτον as for reserving the corn, PMich.Zen.28.5 (iii B.C.): without the Art., ἀριθμοῦ πέρι as to number, Hdt.7.102; χρηστηρίων δὲ πέρι .. Id.2.54.

III before, above, beyond, of superiority, chiefly in [dialect] Ep., π. πάντων ἔμμεναι ἄλλων Il.1.287
; π. δ' ἄλλων φασὶ γενέσθαι 4.375
; τετιμῆσθαι π. πάντων 9.38
; ὃν π. πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης 5.325
; ὃν.. π. πάντων φίλατο παίδων 20.304
; π. πάντων ἴδριες ἀνδρῶν Od.7.108
; κρατερὸς π. πάντων Il.21.566
, cf. 1.417, Od.11.216: in this sense freq. divided from its gen., π. φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων in understanding to be beyond them, Il.17.171, cf. 1.258, Od.1.66 ; π. μὲν εἶδος, π. δ' ἔργα τέτυκτο τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν Il.17.279
; π. μὲν κρατέεις, π. δ' αἴσυλα ῥέζεις ἀνδρῶν 21.214
; π. δ' ἔγχει Ἀχαιῶν φέρτατός ἐσσι 7.289
, cf. Pi.O.6.50, Theoc. 25.119.—In this sense π. is sts. adverbial, and the gen. is absent, v. infr. E. II.

IV in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. Prose, to denote value, ἡμῖν π. πολλοῦ ἐστι it is of much consequence, worth much, to us, Hdt.1. 120, cf. Antipho 6.3 ; π. πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τινας to reckon them for, i.e. worth, much, Hdt.1.73, X.Mem.2.3.10, etc.; π. πλείονος, π. πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι, Id.An.7.7.44, Cyr.7.5.60 ; π. πλείστου ἡγεῖσθαι Th.2.89
; π. παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr.1.4.1
; π. ἐλάττονος ἡγούμενοι, π. οὐδενὸς ἡγήσασθαι, Lys.2.71,31.31.

V [dialect] Aeol. περί and περ = ὑπέρ, στροῦθοι περὶ γᾶς.. δίννεντες πτέρα Sapph.1.10; περ κεφάλας prob. in Alc.93, cf. 18 ; περρ ἁπαλῶ στύματός σε πεδέρχομαι Theoc.29.25
; also Hellenistic, ὃ διέγραψε Προῖτος περί μου paid on my behalf, PCair. Zen.790.23 (iii B. C.), cf. UPZ57.12 (ii B. C.).

B WITH DATIVE (in [dialect] Att. Prose mostly in signf. 11, esp. in Th.),

I of Place, round about, around, of close-fitting dresses, armour, etc., ἔνδυνε π. στήθεσσι χιτῶνα Il.10.21
; χιτῶνα π. χροῒ δῦνεν Od.15.60
; δύσετο τεύχεα καλὰ π. χροΐ Il.13.241
; ἕσσαντο π. χροῒ χαλκόν Od.24.467
; κνημῖδας.. π. κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκε Il.11.17
; βεβλήκει τελαμῶνα π. στήθεσσι 12.401
: in Prose, π. τῇσι κεφαλῇσι εἶχον τιάρας Hdt.7.61
; θώρακα π. τοῖς στέρνοις ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.13
; οἱ στρεπτοὶ οἱ π. τῇ δέρῃ καὶ τὰ ψέλια π. ταῖς χερσί ib.1.3.2. ; π. τῇ χειρὶ δακτύλιον ὄντα Pl.R. 359e
, etc.; χαλκὸς ἔλαμπε π. στήθεσσι Il.13.245
; χιτῶνα π. στήθεσσι δαΐξαι 2.416
; πήληξ.. κονάβησε π. κροτάφοισι 15.648
; in other relations, π. δ' ἔγχεϊ χεῖρα καμεῖται will grow weary by grasping the spear, 2.389 ; δράκων ἑλισσόμενος π. χειῇ 22.95
; κνίση ἑλισσομένη π. καπνῷ 1.317
; π. σταχύεσσιν ἐέρση 23.598
; μάρναντο π. Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν 18.453
: rarely in Trag., π. βρέτει πλεχθείς A.Eu. 259
(lyr.); κεῖται νεκρὸς π. νεκρῷ S.Ant. 1240
.

2 in Poets, also, around a weapon, i. e. spitted upon it, transfixed by it, π. δουρὶ πεπαρμένη Il.21.577
; ἐρεικόμενος π. δουρί 13.441
; κυλινδόμενος π. χαλκῷ 8.86
; π. δουρὶ ἤσπαιρε 13.570
; πεπτῶτα π. ξίφει S.Aj. 828
; αἷμα ἐρωήσει π. δουρί Il.1.303
.

3 of a warrior standing over a dead comrade so as to defend him, ἀμφὶ δ' ἄρ' αὐτῷ βαῖν', ὥς τις π. πόρτακι μήτηρ 17.4
; ἑστήκει, ὥς τίς τε λέων π. οἷσι τέκεσσι ib. 133 ; Αἴας π. Πατρόκλῳ.. βεβήκει ib. 137, cf. 355 ; π. σκύμνοισι βεβηκώς Ar.Eq. 1039
.

II of an object for or about which one struggles (cf. supr. A. 11.1), π. οἷσι μαχειόμενος κτεάτεσσι Od.17.471
; μαχήσασθαι π. δαιτί 2.245
; π. παιδὶ μάχης πόνος Il.16.568
; ἄνδρα π. ᾗ πατρίδι μαρνάμενον Tyrt.10.2
; π. τοῖς φιλτάτοις κυβεύειν Pl.Prt. 314a
; π. τῇ Σικελίᾳ ἔσται ὁ ἀγών Th.6.34
codd.; κινδυνεύειν π. αὑτῷ Antipho 5.6
.

2 with Verbs denoting care, anxiety, or the opposite (cf. supr. A. 11.2), π. γὰρ δίε ποιμένι λαῶν, μή τι πάθοι Il.5.566
; ἔδεισεν δὲ π. ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ 10.240
, cf. 11.557; δεδιότες π. τῷ χωρίῳ Th.1.60
, cf. 74, 119, Ar.Eq.27; θαρρεῖν π. τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ Pl.Phd. 114d
, cf. Tht. 148c; π. πλέγματι γαθεῖ Theoc.1.54
.

3 generally, of the cause or occasion, on account of, by reason of, ἀτύζεσθαι π. καπνῷ, v.l. for ὑπὸ καπνοῦ in Il.8.183; μὴ π. Μαρδονίῳ πταίσῃ ἡ Ἑλλάς Hdt.9.101
; π. σφίσιν αὐτοῖς πταῖσαι Th.6.33
; π. αὑτῷ σφαλῆναι Id.1.69
: in Poets, π. δείματι for fear, Pi.P.5.58 ; π. τιμᾷ in honour or praise, ib.2.59; π. τάρβει, π. φόβῳ, A.Pers. 696 (lyr.), Ch.35(lyr.); π. χάρματι h.Cer. 429
:—but π. θυμῷ is f.l. in Hdt.3.50.

C WITH ACCUSATIVE,

I of Place, prop. of the object round about which motion takes place, π. βόθρον ἐφοίτων came flocking round the pit, Od.11.42 ; π. νεκρὸν ἤλασαν ἵππους Il.23.13
; π. τέρματα ἵπποι τρωχῶσι 22.162
; ἄστυ πέρι.. διώκειν ib. 173, 230 ; ἐρύσας π. σῆμα 24.16
, cf. 51, etc.; π. φρένας ἤλυθ' ἰωή 10.139
; π. φρένας ἤλυθε οἶνος Od.9.362
: also of extension round, ἑστάμεναι π. τοῖχον, π. βωμόν, Il.18.374, Od.13.187, etc.; λέξασθαι π. ἄστυ Il.8.519
; μάρνασθαι π. ἄ. 6.256
, etc.; φυλάσσοντας π. μῆλα 12.303
; οἳ π. Πηνειὸν.. ναίεσκον, π. Δωδώνην.. οἰκί' ἔθεντο, 2.757, 750; σειρήν κεν π. ῥίον Οὐλύμποιο δησαίμην 8.25
, cf. Od.18.67: in Prose, ἰκριῶσαι π. τὼ ἀγάλματε IG12.371.22
; φυλακὰς δεῖ π. τὸ στρατόπεδον εἶναι X.An. 5.1.9
; π. τὴν κρήνην εὕδειν somewhere near it, Pl.Phdr. 259a, cf. X.Cyr. 1.2.9; εἶναι π. τὸν λαγώ Id.Cyn.4.4
; π. λίθον πεσών upon it, Ar.Ach. 1180; π. αὑτὰ καταρρεῖν collapse upon themselves, D.2.10; ταραχθεῖσαι [αἱ νῆες] π. ἀλλήλας Th.7.23
; πλεῦνες π. ἕνα many to one, Hdt.7.103 ; π. τὸν ἄρξαντα.. τὸ ἀδίκημά ἐστι is imputable to him who.., Antipho 4.4.2 : freq. with a Subst. only, ἡ π. Λέσβον ναυμαχία the sea-fight off Lesbos, X.HG2.3.32 ; οἱ π. τὴν Ἔφεσον Pl.Tht. 179e
; στρατηγοὶ π. Πελοπόννησον IG12.324.18
: strengthd., π. τ' ἀμφί τε τάφρον Il.17.760
; π. τ' ἀμφί τε κύματα Hes.Th. 848
; cf. ἀμφί c. 1.2.

2 of persons who are about one, ἔχειν τινὰ π. αὑτόν X.HG5.3.22
; esp. οἱ π. τινά a person's attendants, connexions, associates, or colleagues, οἱ π. τὸν Πείσανδρον πρέσβεις Th.8.63
; οἱ π. Ἡράκλειτον his school, Pl.Cra. 440c, cf. X.An.1.5.8, etc.; οἱ π. Ἀρχίαν πολέμαρχοι Archias and his colleagues, Id.HG5.4.2, cf. An.2.4.2, etc.; οἱ π. τινά so-and-so and his family, PGrenf.1.21.16 (ii B.C.), etc.; later οἱ π. τινά, periphr. for the person himself, οἱ π. Φαβρίκιον Fabricius, Plu.Pyrrh.20, cf. Tim.13, IGRom.3.883.14 (Tarsus, ii/iii A.D.); cf. ἀμφί C. 1.3.

3 of the object about which one is occupied or concerned, π. δόρπα πονεῖσθαι, π. δεῖπνον πένεσθαι, Il.24.444, Od.4.624 (but π. τεύχε' ἕπουσι, tmesis for περιέπουσι, Il.15.555); later mostly εἶναι π. τι, Th.7.31, X.HG2.2.4; γενέσθαι Isoc.3.12
; π. γυναῖκας γενέσθαι Vett. Val.17.20; ὄντων ἡμῶν π. ταύτην τὴν πραγματείαν D.48.6
; διατρῖψαι π. τὴν θήραν X.Cyr.1.2.11
, etc.: less freq. ἔχειν π. τινάς Id.HG7.4.28
, Gal.15.442; in periphr. phrases, οἱ π. τὴν ποίησιν καὶ τοὺς λόγους ὄντες poets and orators, Isoc.12.35 ; οἱ π. τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες Id.9.8
; οἱ π. τὴν μουσικήν ib.4 ; οἱ π. τὰς τελετάς ministers of the mysteries, Pl.Phd. 69c ; ὁ π. τὸν ἵππον the groom, X. Eq.6.3; cf. ἀμφί C. 1.6.

4 round or about a place, and so in, π. νῆσον ἀλώμενοι Od.4.368
, cf. 90; ἐμέμηκον π. σηκούς 9.439
; ἃν π. ψυχὰν γάθησεν in his heart, Pi.P.4.122 ; χρονίζειν π. Αἴγυπτον Hdt.3.61
, cf. 7.131; εὕροι ἄν τις [βασιλείας] π. τοὺς βαρβάρους Pl.R. 544d
, etc.; οἱ π. Φωκίδα τόποι Plb.5.24.12
, etc.

5 about, in the case of, τὰ π. τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονότα, τὰ π. Μίλητον γενόμενα, Hdt.3.13, 6.26 ; εὐσεβεῖν π. θεούς Pl.Smp. 193a
; ἀσεβεῖν π. ξένους X.Cyr.5.2.10
; ἁμαρτάνειν π. τινάς Id.An.3.2.20
; ἀνήρ ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς π. τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἀθηναίων IG12.59.10
; ἄνδρ' ἀγαθὸν ὄντα Μαραθῶνι π. τὴν πόλιν Ar.Ach. 696
; τοιαύτην γνώμην ἔχειν π. τὸν πατέρα Lys.10.21
; οὐδεμία συμφορὴ.. ἔσται.. π. οἶκον τὸν σόν Hdt.8.102
; ποιέειν or πράττειν τι π. τινά, Id.1.158, Pl.Grg. 507a; τὰ π. Πρηξάσπεα πρηχθέντα Hdt.3.76
; καινοτομεῖν π. τὰ θεῖα Pl. Euthphr.3b
; π. θεοὺς μὴ σωφρονεῖν X.Mem.1.1.20
; σπουδάζειν π. τινά promote his cause, Isoc.1.10: without a Verb, αἱ π. τοὺς παῖδας συμφοραί X.Cyr.7.2.20
; ἡ π. αὑτὸν ἐπιμέλεια Isoc.9.2
; ἡ π. ἡμᾶς ἡνιόχησις Pl.Phdr. 246b
: generally, of all relations, about, concerning, in respect of, π. μὲν τοὺς ἰχθύας οὕτως ἔχει Hdt.2.93
, cf. 8.86; πονηρὸν π. τὸ σῶμα Pl.Prt. 313d
; ἀκόλαστος π. ταῦτα Aeschin.1.42
; γελοῖος π. τὰς διατριβάς ib.126 ; ξυνηνέχθη θόρυβος π. τὸν Ἀστύοχον Th.8.84
; as to (cf. A. 11.5), π. τὸ παρὸν πάθος Pl.Tht. 179c
, cf. Phd. 65a : freq. in place of an Adj., ὄργανα ὅσα π. γεωργίαν, i.e. γεωργικά, Id.R. 370d ; οἱ νόμοι οἱ π. τοὺς γάμους Id.Cri. 50d
; αἱ π. τὰ μαθήματα ἡδοναί Id.Phlb. 51e
; also in place of a gen., οἱ π. Αυσίαν λόγοι the speeches of L., Id.Phdr. 279a; ἡ π. Φίλιππον τυραννίς the despotism of P., X.HG5.4.2 ; ἀκρασίας τῆς π. τὸν θυμόν Arist.EN 1149b19
: in Prose, to denote circumstances connected with any person or thing, τὰ π. Κῦρον, τὰ π. Ἑλένην, τὰ π. Βάττον, Hdt.1.95, 2.113, 4.154 ; τὰ π. τὸν Ἄθων the works at Mount Athos, Id.7.37; τὰ π. τὰς ναῦς naval affairs, Th.1.13; τὰ π. τὴν ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for τῆς ναυμαχίας ) the events of.., Id.8.63; τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον Pl.R. 468a
; τὰ π. τὸ σῶμα Id.Phdr. 246d
; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς X.Cyr.8.1.23
, etc.; cf. ἀμφί c.1.4.

II of Time, π. λύχνων ἁφάς about the time of lamp-lighting, Hdt.7.215; π. μέσας νύκτας about midnight, X.An.1.7.1; π. πλήθουσαν ἀγοράν ib.2.1.7; π. ἡλίου δυσμάς ib.6.5.32 ; π. τούτους τοὺς χρόνους Th.3.89
, etc.

2 of round numbers, π. ἑβδομήκοντα about seventy, Id.1.54; π. ἑπτακοσίους X.HG2.4.5
, etc.

D Position: π. may follow its Subst., when it suffers anastrophe, ἄστυ πέρι Il.22.173
; ἔριδος πέρι 16.476
: most freq. with gen., τοῦδε πράγματος πέρι A.Eu. 630
; τῶνδε βουλεύειν πέρι Id.Th. 248
, etc. (S. only once uses it before its gen., Aj. 150 (anap.)): in Prose, σφέων αὐτῶν πέρι Hdt.8.36
; σοφίας πέρι Pl.Phlb. 49a
; δικαίων τε πέρι καὶ ἀδίκων Id.Grg. 455a
, etc.; γραμμάτων εἴπομεν ὡς οὐχ ἱκανῶς ἔχεις πέρι Id.Lg. 809e
, cf. Ap. 19c.

E περί abs., as ADV., around, about, also, near, by, freq. in Hom., γέλασσε δὲ πᾶσα π. χθών Il.19.362
, al.: strengthd.,
περί τ' ἀμφί τε κάλλος ἄητο
round about, h.Cer.276
, cf. Call.Hec.1.1.13.

II before or above others (cf. A. 111), exceedingly, only [dialect] Ep., in which case it commonly suffers anastrophe, Τυδεΐδη, πέρι μέν σε τίον Δαναοί Il.8.161
, cf. 9.53; σε χρὴ πέρι μὲν φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι ib. 100; τοι πέρι δῶκε θεὸς πολεμήϊα ἔργα 13.727
; ἅ οἱ πέρι δῶκεν Ἀθήνη Od.2.116
, cf. 7.110; πέρι γάρ μιν ὀϊζυρὸν τέκε μήτηρ 3.95
; πέρι κέρδεα οἶδεν 2.88
; τὸν πέρι Μοῦσ' ἐφίλησεν 8.63
.

2 π. does not suffer anastrophe in the [dialect] Ep. phrase π. κῆρι right heartily, π. κῆρι φίλησε Il.13.430
, etc. ( κῆρι φιλεῖν alone, 9.117); ἀπέχθωνται π. κῆρι 4.53
; π. κῆρι τιέσκετο ib.46, cf. Od.5.36, 7.69; π. κῆρι.. ἐχολώθη Il.13.206
; also π. φρεσὶν ἄσπετος ἀλκή 16.157
; π. φρεσὶν αἴσιμα ᾔδη Od.14.433
; ἀλύσσοντες π. θυμῷ Il.22.70
, cf. Od.14.146; π. σθένεϊ Il.17.22
.

3 for περὶ πρό, v. περιπρό.

4 περὶ κάτω bottom upwards, δῖνος π. κάτω τετραμμένος Stratt.34
, cf. Phot.; τὴν κόγχην στρέψας π. τὰ κάτω Ael.NA9.34
.

F IN COMPOS. all its chief senses recur, esp.

I extension in all directions as from a centre, all round, as in περιβάλλω, περιβλέπω, περιέχω.

II completion of an orbit and return to the same point, about, as in περιάγω, περιβαίνω, περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo), περιέρχομαι, περιστρέφω.

III a going over or beyond, above, before, as in περιβαίνω III, περιβάλλω v, περιγίγνομαι, περιεργάζομαι, περιτοξεύω.

IV generally, a strengthening of the simple notion, beyond measure, very, exceedingly, as in περικαλλής, περίκηλος, περιδείδω, like Lat. per-.

V the notion of double-ness which belongs to ἀμφί is found in only one poetic compd., περιδέξιος (q.v.).

G PROSODY: περί never suffers elision in Il. or Od. ( περ' ἰγνύσι h.Merc. 152
); once in Hes., περίαχε Th. 678
(cf. Q.S.3.601, 11.382), v. ἰάχω fin.; περ' ἰγνύῃσι Theoc.25.242
; περ' Ἠδάλιον Inscr.Cypr. 135.27
H.; also in Pi., περάπτων P.3.52
; περόδοις N.11.40
; περιδαῖος Fr. 154
; περ' αὐτᾶς P.4.265
; ταύτας περ' ἀτλάτου πάθας O.6.38
: not in Trag. (περεβάλοντο, περεσκήνωσεν are ff. ll. in A.Ag. 1147, Eu. 634); in Com. and codd. of Prose writers only in part. of περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo) (q. v.):—π. stands before a word beginning with a vowel in Com., περὶ Ἀθηνῶν, περὶ ἐμοῦ, Ar.Eq. 1005 sq.:—[dialect] Aeol. περρ metri gr., v. A. 5.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > περί
4 εἰς

εἰς or [full] ἐς, PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY:—both forms are found in Hom., [dialect] Ion. poets, and early metrical Inscrr.; ἐς is best attested in Hdt. and Hp., and is found in nearly all early [dialect] Ion. Inscrr. (exc. IG12(8).262.16 (Thasos, v B. C.), ib.7.235.1 (Oropus, iv B. C.)); εἰς in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. from iv B. C., IG2.115, etc.; and usu. in [dialect] Att. Prose (exc. Th.) and Com. (exc. in parody): Trag. apptly. prefer εἰς, but ἐς is used before vowels metri gr.; ἐς was retained in the phrases ἐς κόρακας (whence the Verb σκορακίζω) , ἐς μακαρίαν. [dialect] Aeol. poets have εἰς before vowels, ἐς before consonants, and this is given as the rule in Hom. by An.Ox. 1.172, cf. Hellad. ap. Phot.Bibl.p.533B. (Orig. ἐνς, as in IG4.554.7 ([place name] Argos), GDI4986.11 ([place name] Crete); cf. ἐν, ἰν. The diphthong is genuine in [dialect] Aeol. εἰς, but spurious in [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion.) Radical sense

A into, and then more loosely, to:

I OF PLACE, the oldest and commonest usage, εἰς ἅλα into or to the sea, Il.1.141, al.; εἰς ἅλαδε Od.10.351
; ἔς ῥ' ἀσαμίνθους 4.48
; ἐς οἶνον βάλε φάρμακον ib. 220; freq. of places, to, εἰς Εὔβοιαν 3.174
; ἐς Αἴγυπτον, etc., Hdt.1.5, etc.; ἐς Μίλητον into the territory of Miletus, ib.14; εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον εἰσέπλει X.HG1.1.2
; ἀφίκετο εἰς Μήδους πρὸς Κυαξάρην Id.Cyr.2.1.2
; εἰς ἅρματα βαίνειν to step into.., Il.8.115; εἰς ἐλάτην ἀναβῆναι 14.287
; opp. ἐκ, in such phrases as ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, from heel to ankle-joint, from head to foot, 22.397, 23.169; ἐκ πάτου ἐς σκοπιήν 20.137
; ἐς μυχὸν ἐξ οὐδοῦ Od.7.87
; κἠς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος from year to year, Theoc. 18.15: with Verbs implying motion or direction, as of looking, ἰδεῖν εἰς οὐρανόν Il.3.364
; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι to look in the face, 9.373, etc.; εἰς ὦπα ἔοικεν he is like in face (sc. ἰδόντι), 3.158, etc.; ἐς ὀφθαλμούς τινος ἐλθεῖν to come before another's eyes, 24.204; ἐς ὄψιν ἀπικνέεσθαί τινος Hdt.1.136
; καλέσαι τινὰ ἐς ὄψιν Id.5.106
, etc.; ἐς ταὐτὸν ἥκειν come to the same point, E.Hipp. 273: less freq. after a Subst., ὁδὸς ἐς λαύρην Od.22.128
; τὸ ἐς Παλλήνην τεῖχος facing Pallene, Th.1.56; ξύνοδος ἐς τὴν Δῆλον Id.3.104
, cf.Pl.Tht. 173d.

b [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion., also c. acc. pers. ([dialect] Att. ὡς, πρός, παρά), Il.7.312, 15.402, Od.14.127, Hdt.4.147; also in [dialect] Att. with collective Nouns, ἐς τὸν δῆμον παρελθόντες Th. 5.45
, or plurals, εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσῆλθον D.18.103
; esp. of consulting an oracle, ἐς θεὸν ἐλθεῖν Pi.O.7.31
; εἰς Ἄμμων' ἐλθόντες Ar.Av. 619
.

2 with Verbs expressing restin a place, when a previous motion into or to it is implied, ἐς μέγαρον κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ θρόνου he put it in the house (i.e. he brought it into the house, and put it there), Od.20.96; ἐς θρόνους ἕζοντο they sat them down upon the seats, 4.51, cf. 1.130; ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν the lion appeared in the path, Il.15.276; ἀπόστολος ἐς τὴν Μίλητον ἦν Hdt.1.21
(s. v.l.); αὐτὸς ἐς Αακεδαίμονα ἀπόστολος ἐγίνετο Id.5.38
; ἐς κώμην παραγίνονται Id.1.185
; παρῆν ἐς Σάρδις Id.6.1
; ἐς δόμους μένειν S.Aj.80
(cod. Laur.); ἐς τὴν νῆσον κατέκλῃσε Th.1.109
, cf. Hdt.3.13; ἀπόβασιν ποιήσασθαι ἐς .. Th.2.33, etc.; later used like ἐν, τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε LXX Nu.35.34; τὸ χρυσίον ὃ εἰλήφεσαν εἰς Ῥώμην D.S.14.117
; οἰκεῖν εἰς τὰ Ὕπατα Luc.Asin.1
; εἰς Ἐκβάτανα ἀποθανεῖν Ael.VH7.8
; εἰς ἅπασαν τὴν γῆν Suid.
s.v. Καλλίμαχος: generally, τοὔνομα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, φασίν, Ἱππομιγὴς δύναται Ael.VH9.16
.

3 with Verbs of saying or speaking, εἰς relates to the persons to or before whom one speaks, εἰπεῖν ἐς πάντας, ἐς πάντας αὔδα, Hdt.8.26, S.OT93; λέγειν εἰς τὸ μέσον τῶν ταξιάρχων X.Cyr. 3.3.7
; αἱ ἐς τὸ φανερὸν λεγόμεναι αἰτίαι Th.1.23
: with other Verbs, εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας σαυτὸν σοφιστὴν παρέχων Pl.Prt. 312a
; καλὸν ἐς τοὺς Ἕλληνας τὸ ἀγώνισμα φανεῖσθαι Th.7.56
; ἐπαχθὴς ἦν ἐς τοὺς πολλούς Id.6.54; στρατιὰν ἐπαγγέλλων ἐς τοὺς ξυμμάχους Id.7.17
; διαβεβλῆσθαι εἴς τινα Pl.R. 539c
.

4 elliptical usages,

a after Verbs which have no sense of motion to or into a place, τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρόν they quitted the city for a strong position, i.e. to seek a strong position, X.An.1.2.24; γράμματα ἑάλωσαν εἰς Ἀθήνας letters were captured [and sent] to Athens, Id.HG1.1.23, cf. Pl.R. 468a; ἀνίστασθαι ἐς Ἄργος E.Heracl.59
, cf. Pl.Phd. 116a.

b participles signifying motion are freq. omitted with εἰς, τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τοῖς εἰς Σικελίαν (sc. ἀποδειχθεῖσιν) And.1.11, etc.

c c. gen., mostly of proper names, as εἰς Ἀΐδαο, [dialect] Att. εἰς Ἅιδου [δόμους], Il.21.48; ἐς Ἀθηναίης [ἱερόν] to the temple of Athena, 6.379; ἐς Πριάμοιο [οἶκον] 24.160, cf. 309; εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο [ῥόον] Od.4.581; ἐς τοῦ Κλεομένεος Hdt.5.51
; εἰς Ἀσκληπιοῦ Ar.Pl. 411
; ἐπὶ δεῖπνον [ἰέναι] εἰς Ἀγάθωνος Pl.Smp. 174a
: with Appellatives, ἀνδρὸς ἐς ἀφνειοῦ to a rich man's house, Il.24.482; ἐς πατρός Od.2.195
; πέμπειν εἰς διδασκάλων send to school, X.Lac.2.1; εἰς δ. φοιτᾶν Pl.Prt. 326c
; ἐς σεωυτοῦ, ἑωυτοῦ, Hdt.1.108, 9.108, etc.

II OF TIME,

1 to denote a certain point or limit of time, up to, until, ἐς ἠῶ Od.11.375
; ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα till sunset, 9.161 (but also, towards or near sunset, 3.138); ἐκ νεότητος ἐς γῆρας Il.14.86
; ἐκ παιδὸς ἐς γῆρας Aeschin.1.180
; ἐς ἐμέ up to my time, Hdt.1.92, al.: with Advbs., εἰς ὅτε (cf. ἔς τε) against the time when.., Od.2.99; εἰς πότε; until when ? how long ? S.Aj. 1185 (lyr., cf. εἰσόκἐ; εἰς ὁπότε Aeschin.3.99
; ἐς τί; = εἰς πότε; Il.5.465; ἐς ὅ until, Hdt.1.93, etc.; ἐς οὗ Id.1.67
, 3.31, etc.; ἐς τόδε Id.7.29
, etc.

2 to determine a period, εἰς ἐνιαυτόν for a year, i.e. a whole year, Il.19.32, Od.4.526; within the year, ib.86 (cf. ἐς ἐνίαυτον Alc.Supp.8.12
); εἰς ὥρας Od.9.135
; ἐς θέρος ἢ ἐς ὀπώρην for the summer, i.e. throughout it, 14.384; ἡ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν κειμένη δαπάνη εἰς τὸν μῆνα δαπανᾶται the expenditure for a year is expended in the month, X.Oec.7.36; μισθοδοτεῖν τινὰς εἰς ἓξ μῆνας D.S.19.15
; χοίνικα κριθῶν εἰς τέσσαρας ἡμέρας διεμέτρει Posidon. 36J.
; εἰς ἑσπέραν ἥκειν to come at even, Ar.Pl. 998; εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν or εἰς τρίτην alone, on the third day, in two days, Pl.Hp.Ma. 286b, X.Cyr.5.3.27; ἥκειν ἐς τὴν ὑστεραίαν Id.An.2.3.25
; ἥκειν εἰς τὸ ἔαρ Hell.Oxy.17.4
; ἐς τέλος at last, Hdt.3.40; ἐς καιρόν in season, Id.4.139; οὐκ ἐς ἀναβολάς, ἀμβολάς, with no delay, Id.8.21, E.Heracl. 270, etc.; ἐς τότε at this time, v.l. in Od.7.317 (but εἰς τότε at that time (in the [tense] fut.), D.14.24, Pl.Lg. 830b); ἐς ὕστερον or τὸ ὕστερον, Od.12.126, Th.2.20: with Advbs., ἐς αὔριον Il.8.538
, Pl. Lg. 858b; ἔς περ ὀπίσσω Od.20.199
; ἐς αὖθις Th.4.63
(v. εἰσαῦθις (; ἐς αὐτίκα μάλ' Ar. Pax 367; εἰς ἔπειτα (v. εἰσέπειτα (; ἐς τὸ ἔ., Th.2.64; ἐς ὀψέ Id.8.23
; εἰς ἅπαξ, v. εἰσάπαξ; εἰς ἔτι, v. εἰσέτι.

III to express MEASURE OR LIMIT, without reference to Time, ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο was left behind as far as a quoit's throw, Il.23.523; ἐς δραχμὴν διέδωκε paid them as much as a drachma, Th.8.29; ἱματισμὸν ζητῆσαι εἰς δύο τάλαντα Thphr.Char.23.8
; so ἐς τὰ μάλιστα to the greatest degree, Hdt.1.20, etc.; ἐς τοσοῦτο τύχης ἀπίκευ Id.1.124
; εἰς τοσοῦτο ἥκειν Lys.27.10
; εἰς τοῦτο θράσους καὶ ἀναιδείας ἀφίκετο D.21.194
; ἐς ὅ ἐμέμνηντο so far as they remembered, Th.5.66; ἐς τὸ ἔσχατον Hdt.7.229
, etc.; εἰς ἅλις Theoc.25.17
.

2 freq. with Numerals, ἐς τριακάδας δέκα ναῶν A.Pers. 339
; ναῦς ἐς τὰς τετρακοσίας, διακοσίας, to the number of 400, etc., Th.1.74, 100, etc.; εἰς ἕνα, εἰς δύο, εἰς τέσσαρας, one, two, four deep, X.Cyr.2.3.21; but εἰς τέσσαρας four abreast, Aen.Tact.40.6: with Advbs., ἐς τρίς or ἐστρίς thrice, Pi.O.2.68, Hdt.1.86; of round numbers, about, X.An.1.1.10.

3 distributive, εἰς φυλάς by tribes, LXX 1 Ki.10.21, cf. 2 Ki.18.

4

IV to express RELATION, towards, in regard to, ἐξαμαρτεῖν εἰς θεούς A.Pr. 945
, etc.; ἁμάρτημα εἴς τινα, αἰτίαι ἐς ἀλλήλους, Isoc.8.96, Th.1.66; ὄνειδος ὀνειδίζειν εἴς τινα S.Ph. 522
; ἔχθρη ἔστινα Hdt.6.65
; φιλία ἐς ἀμφοτέρους Th.2.9
; λέγειν ἐς .. Hdt.1.86; γνώμη ἀποδεχθεῖσα ἐς τὴν γέφυραν Id.4.98
; ἡ ἐς γῆν καὶ θάλασσαν ἀρχή Th.8.46
.

b of the subject of a work, esp. in titles, e.g. τὰ ἐς Ἀπολλώνιον Philostr. VA
; of the object of a dedication, as in titles of hymns, ἐπινίκια, etc.

2 in regard to, πρῶτος εἰς εὐψυχίαν A.Pers. 326
; σκώπτειν ἐς τὰ ῥάκια Ar. Pax 740
, cf. Eq.90; διαβάλλειν τινὰ ἔς τι Th.8.88
; αἰτία ἐπιφερομένη ἐς μαλακίαν Id.5.75
; μέμφεσθαι εἰς φιλίαν X.An.2.6.30
; εἰς τὰ πολεμικὰ καταφρονεῖσθαι Id.HG7.4.30
; πόλεως εὐδοκιμωτάτης εἰς σοφίαν Pl.Ap. 29d
; in respect of, εὐτυχεῖν ἐς τέκνα E.Or. 542
, cf. Pl.Ap. 35b, etc.; εἰς χρήματα ζημιοῦσθαι Id.Lg. 774b
, cf. D.22.55; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα Th.I.I; εἰς ἄπαντα S.Tr. 489
; ἐς τὰ πάνθ' ὁμῶς A.Pr. 736
; εἰς μὲν ταῦτα Pl.Ly. 210a
; τό γ' εἰς ἑαυτόν, τὸ εἰς ἐμέ, S.OT 706, E. IT 691, cf. S.Ichn.346; ἐς ὀλίγους μᾶλλον τὰς ἀρχὰς ποιεῖν Th.8.53
; ἐς πλείονας οἰκεῖν Id.2.37
; for τελεῖν ἐς Ἕλληνας, Βοιωτούς, ἄνδρας, etc., v. τελέω.

3 of Manner, ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον Id.1.6
; τίθεμεν τἆλλα εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον; Pl.R. 353d
; ἐς ἓν μέλος Theoc.18.7
: freq. periphr. for Advbs., ἐς κοινὸν φράζειν, λέγειν, A.Pr. 844, Eu. 408; ἐς τὸ πᾶν, = πάντως, Id.Ag. 682(lyr.); ἐς τάχος, = ταχέως, Ar.Ach. 686; ἐς εὐτέλειαν, = εὐτελῶς, Id.Av. 805; ἐς τἀρχαῖον Id.Nu. 593
; εἰς καλόν S. OT78
, cf. Pl.Phd. 76e; ἐς δέον γεγονέναι Hdt.1.119
, cf. S.OT 1416, and v. δέον.

V ofan end or limit, ἔρχεσθαι, τελευτᾶν, λήγειν ἐς.., to end in.., Hdt.1.120,3.125,4.39, etc.; ἐς ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα ου,ρον ἀνθρώπῳ προτίθημι Id.1.32
; καταξαίνειν ἐς φοινικίδα to cut into red rags, Ar.Ach. 320 (troch.); στρέφειν τι εἰς αἷμα Apoc.11.6
; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκ μειρακίων τελευτᾶν, εἰς ἄνδρα γενειᾶν, Pl.Tht. 173b, Theoc.14.28; ἐκτρέφειν τὸ σπέρμα εἰς καρπόν X.Oec.17.10
: so with εἶναι or γίγνομαι to form a predicate, ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη LXXGe.17.16
; ἐγενήθη εἰς γυναῖκα ib.20.12; πιστὸς (sc.ἦν) εἰς προφήτην ib.IKi.3.20; ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον Ev.Luc.13.19
,al.

2 of Purpose or Object, εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαθόν, πείσεται εἰς ἀγαθόν, for good, for his good, Il.9.102,11.789; εἰς ἀγαθὰ μυθεῖσθαι 23.305
; ἐς πόλεμον θωρήξομαι 8.376
, cf. Hdt.7.29, etc.; ἐς φόβον to cause fear, Il.15.310; ἐς ὑποδήματα δεδόσθαι Hdt.2.98
; κόσμος ὁ εἰς ἑορτάς X.Oec.9.6
; ἐπιτηδεότατος, εὐπρεπής, ἔς τι Hdt.1.115
,2.116; εἰς κάλλος ζῆν to live for show, X.Cyr.8.1.33, cf. Ages. 9.1; ἐς δαίτην ἐκάλεσσε Call.Aet.1.1.5
; εἰς κέρδος τι δρᾶν S.Ph.
III; πάσας φωνὰς ἱέντων εἰς ἀπόφυξιν Ar.V. 562
; εἰς γράμματα παιδὶ δεκετεῖ ἐνιαυτοὶ τρεῖς Pl.Lg. 809e
; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι to be pertinent, to the purpose, D.36.54; freq. of expenditure on an object, IG22.102.11, 116.41, al.; ἐς τὸ δέον Ar.Nu. 859
, etc.; ἐς δᾷδα ib. 612.

B POSITION: εἰς is sts. parted from its acc. by several words, εἰς ἀμφοτέρω Διομήδεος ἅρματα βήτην Il.8.115
; εἰς δὲ μονάρχου δῆμος ἀϊδρίῃ δουλοσύνην ἔπεσεν Sol.9
: seldom (only in Poets) put after its case, Il.15.59, Od.3.137,15.541, S.OC 126(lyr.): after an Adv., αὔριον ἔς· τῆμος δὲ.. Od.7.318
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰς
5 ὁ

ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

A demonstr. Pronoun.

B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.

C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual τοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ; οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ; τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
; τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
; τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
; τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
; τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484, ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8
(Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)

A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):

I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun, αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
; τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.

II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.

III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ; θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.

IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.

V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.

VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,
ὁ δέ
the former, Pl.Prt. 359e
, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
; τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ; πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg., ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ; τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.

2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24
; τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
; οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.

3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
; νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.

4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.

5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ; τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ; ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ; σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. μέν D.
III ; γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.

6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
; τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
; ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.

7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.

8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
; ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
; οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.

VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,

1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v. ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc., καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt., καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.

2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc., καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ; τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ; τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398
, cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.; τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.

VIII abs. usages of single cases,

1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.

b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ; τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210
:—only poet.

c of Manner,
τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν
in this way, thus, Od.8.510
.

d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.

e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.

2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose, τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.

b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.

3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6), τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
; τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.

4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
; τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
; τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.

5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.

b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.; ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ; τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.

c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).

6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs., ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.; ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c
: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; with πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).

B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,
αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον
the hindmost man, Il.11.178
; τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
; τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
; τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in τῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs., τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.; τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
; τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ; τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ; ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.

I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron., τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b
.

b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).

c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.

d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.

2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
; πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.

b freq. with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.

3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.

4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.

5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.; τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.

6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ; τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
; ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ; ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
; τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.

7 before Prons.,

a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a
,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a
; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.

b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.

c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,
ὁ τοιοῦτος
that sort of person, X.Mem.4.2.21
, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art., τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.

8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6, πολύς 11.3
, etc.

9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if ἤ follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.

II elliptic expressions:

1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.

2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers., τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.

3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.

4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.

5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.); ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ; τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.

C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ; Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.); Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., τῆς S.OC 1258
, Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.); τῷ S.Ph.14
; τήν Id.OC 747
, Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg. τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).

D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:

a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.

b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65
, ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60
, etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁ
6 οὕτως

οὕτως, and before a consonant [full] οὕτω (but sts. οὕτως before a consonant, Ar.Av.63, Pl.Grg. 522c, D.23.34, PPetr.2p.20 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 124.18 (ii B. C.), etc., and οὕτω before a vowel is found in [dialect] Ep. Poets and [dialect] Ion. Prose, v. fin.); in [dialect] Att. strengthd.

A οὑτωσί Pl.Grg. 503d
, etc.; οὑτωσίν Hdn.Gr.1.509.2; v. οὗτος Α:—Adv. of οὗτος, in this way or manner, so, thus: οὕτως is antec. to ὡς, Il.4.178, Od.4.148, etc.; in [dialect] Att. also οὕτως ὥσπερ S.Tr. 475
, etc.; ὥσπερ.., οὕτω καὶ .. X.Cyr.1.4.21; ὡσαύτως, ὥσπερ.., οὕτω καὶ .. Pl. Ion 534a; also οὕτως, ὅπως .. S.Tr. 330, X.Cyr.1.1.2; poet. also ὥστε.., οὕτω δὲ .. S.Tr. 116 (lyr.): οὕτως is freq. left out after ὡς, ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐποίουν ταῦτα Th. 8.1
, cf. Theoc.7.45 sq.—In Prose, the relat. Pron. freq. follows instead of ὥστε, v. infr. III: when two modes are opposed, they are freq. expressed by οὕτω and ἐκείνως, τότε μὲν ἐκείνως, νῦν δ' οὕτω Isoc. 12.172
; οὕτω ῥᾷον ἢ 'κείνως Pl.R. 370a
, etc.—Sts. οὕτω or - ως refers to what follows, thus, as follows, οὕτω χρὴ ποιεῖν: ἐὰν .. X.An.2.2.2; οὑτωσὶ δὲ λογίζεσθε D.18.244
; οὕτω πως ὑπείληφα ib.269; οὑτωσί πως folld. by a quotation, Pl.Ap. 28c; καὶ οὕτως even so, even on this supposition, Th.1.10; οὐδ' οὕτως Id.2.76
, 6.89, Lys.1.14, v.l. in X.An.4.8.3: strengthd. οὕτω δή Il.2.158
; οὕτω γὰρ δή τοι 15.201
; οὕτω δή τι, v. infr. III; also οὕτω που so I ween, 2.116, Od.9.262, etc.; οὕτω πῃ Il.24.373
; ὣς ὁ μὲν οὕτως ἐστὶ σόος so in this way is he saved, Od.19.300:—Phrases:

1 οὕτω δὴ ἔσται so it shall be, ratifying what goes before, 11.348; ἔσσεται οὕτως 16.31
, etc.: in Prose οὕτως alone in answers, even so, just so, X.Oec.1.9; so ἢ οὐχ οὕτως;—οὕτω μὲν οὖν Pl.R. 551b
, etc.

2 emphat. with the imper., just, without more ado, ἔρρ' οὕτως Il.22.498
, cf. 21.184, Od. 6.218, 17.447; but, οὕτω νῦν ἀπόπεμπε as you say, 5.146.

3 in wishes or prayers, so, i.e. if you grant my prayer, οὕτως ἔρως σοι.. τελεσφόρος γένοιτο E.Med. 714
; οὕτω τί σοι δοίησαν αἱ Μοῦσαι.. τοῦτον.. δεῖρον Herod.3.1
; also in protestations, so, i.e. only if what I say is true, οὕτως ὀναίμην τῶν τέκνων, μισῶ τὸν ἄνδρ' (as in Engl., so help me God, so mote I thrive, etc.) Ar.Th. 469, cf. Men.Epit. 530, Herod.7. 25, Aristaenet.2.13; οὕτω.. νομιζοίμην σοφός, ὡς .. Ar.Nu. 520.

4 in colloquial phrase, beginning a story, οὕτω ποτ' ἦν μῦς καὶ γαλῆ there were once on a time.., Id.V. 1182; οὕτως ἦν νεανίσκος Id.Lys. 785
; ἦν οὕτω δὴ παῖς Pl.Phdr. 237b
.

5 οὕτω with gen., τούτων μὲν οὕτω so much for this, A.Ag. 950; οὕτω καὶ τῶν οἰκονομικῶν (v.l. τῷ -κῷ) so also of.., Arist.Pol. 1253b27; ὥσπερ Χαλκὶς.. τῆς Εὐβοίας.. κεῖται, οὕτω Χερρονήσου.. ἡ Καρδιανῶν πόλις as Chalcis in respect of Euboea.., so Cardia in respect of the Chersonese, D.23.182; so οὕτως ἔχω τινός or περί τινος, v. ἔχω (A) B. II. 2; also for εἰς τοῦτο, οὕτω δὲ τάρβους.. ἀφικόμην E.Ph. 361
codd. (dub. l.).

6 ὁ οὕτω καλούμενος, ὀνομαζόμενος, the so-called.., τῶν Ῥιπαίων οὕτω καλουμένων Ael.NA11.1
; τοῦ καὶ ὀνομασθέντος οὕτω ῥήτορος Hermog.Id.2.11
; Ποταμὸς δῆμος οὕτω καλούμενος P., a deme of that name, Str.9.1.22.

7 οὕτω, or οὕτω δή, freq. introduces the apodosis after a protasis, ἐπειδὴ περιελήλυθε ὁ πόλεμος.., οὕτω δὴ Γέλωνος μνῆστις γέγονε Hdt.7.158
, cf. 150, Th.1.131, 2.12,19, etc.; esp. after parts., ἐν κλιβάνῳ πνίξαντες, οὕτω τρώγουσι, i.e. ἐπειδὰν πνίξωσιν, οὕτω .., Hdt. 2.92, cf. 100; also οὕτω δή Id.7.174
; τὰ ἄλλα καταστρεψάμενος, οὕτως.. στρατεῦσαι ὕστερον Th.3.96
; εἰς τὰ σκληρότατα ἀποβλέποντες, οὕτως ἂν μᾶλλον συννοήσαιμεν Pl.Phlb. 44e
, cf. Grg. 457d, 507e, Ap. 29b; so ἔπειτα οὕτως X.An.7.1.4
: so also after the gen. abs., ὡς.. τῶν ἡγεμόνων ὑμῖν μὴ μεμπτῶν γεγενημένων, οὕτω τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε Th.7.15
, cf. X.Cyr.1.6.11, An.1.3.6, etc.

II sts. in a really inferential sense, as we say so for therefore, S.Ant. 677; οὕτω δή Pl.Phd. 61b
, etc.

III to such an extent, so, so much, so very, so excessively, καλὸς οὕτω Il.3.169
; πρυμνόθεν οὕτως so entirely, A.Th. 1061 (anap.), cf. Th. 2.47, X.Cyr.1.3.8; οὕτως τι Ar.Av.63
: freq. folld. by ὡς or ὥστε, Hdt.1.32, X.An.7.4.3, etc.: sts. the relat. ὅς takes the place of ὥστε, κρήνη οὕτω δή τι ἐοῦσα πικρή, ἣ.. κιρνᾷ (i. e. ὥστε κιρνᾶν) Hdt.4.52; οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ S.Ant. 220
; τίς δ' οὕτως ἄνους ὃς .. ; Ar. Ach. 736, cf. D.8.44; also δυσχείμερος αὕτη ἡ.. χώρη οὕτω δή τί ἐστι, ἔνθα (i. e. ὥστε ἐνταῦθα) τοὺς μὲν ὀκτὼ τῶν μηνῶν ἀφόρητος οἷος γίνεται κρυμός Hdt.4.28
: sts. no connecting Particle is used, αἱ [κεφαλαὶ] οὕτω δή τι ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν λίθῳ παίσας διαρρήξειας so excessively hard, you could scarcely break them, Id.3.12.

2 with [comp] Sup. Adj., τῆς οὕτω μεγίστης ἐγχειρήσεως ἀποσφαλείς Zos.5.19
.

IV sts., like αὔτως, with a diminishing power, so, merely so, simply, in Hom. always μὰψ οὕτω, Il.2.120 (for without μάψ he always uses αὔτως), cf. Hdt.1.5; μὴ διὰ μέθης.. ἀλλ' οὕτω πίνοντας πρὸς ἡδονήν Pl.Smp. 176e
, cf. Grg. 494e, Phdr. 235c, Tht. 147c, 158b, Thphr.Od.67, etc.; ἐν συνουσίᾳ καὶ διατριβῇ οὕτως ἰδίᾳ D.21.71
, cf. 1.20; τοὺς ὀδόντας.. οὕτως ἂν τοῖς δακτύλοις αὐτοῖς.. παρατρίβειν, i.e. without a dentifrice, Diocl. Fr.141; so οὕτω γε ἀπὸ στόματος Pl.Tht. 142d
; οὕτω ποτέ Id.Ly. 216c
; οὕτω πως D.1.20
; also, off-hand, at once, Pl.Grg. 464b, etc.; ἁπλῶς οὕτως Id.Lg. 633c
;
ἀλλ' οὕτως ἄπει
; so, without a word more.. ? S.Ph. 1067
;
ἢ στραφεὶς οὕτως ἴω
; Id.Ant. 315
, cf. E.Heracl. 374 (lyr.); ἐφεξῆς οὑτωσὶ καθεζόμενος D.21.119
; ὡς οὕτω γ' ἀκοῦσαι at first hearing, Pl.Euthphr.3b; so ὥς γε οὑτωσὶ ἀκοῦσαι Id.Ly. 216a
; ἀκούειν μὲν οὕτως ἁπλῶς Id.Phlb. 12c
; οὐ.. οὕτως ἄπει, = impune, E.Alc. 680.

V as Hebraism, οὕτως, = such a person (thing), οὕτως οὐδέποτε εἴδαμεν Ev.Marc.2.12
, cf. LXXGe.29.26, Ev.Matt.9.33, Ev.Luc.2.48, al.

B Position of οὕτω or οὕτως, mostly before the word which it limits, but in Poets sts. after, καλὸς οὕτω Il.3.169
; οὐδέ τι λίην οὕτω νώνυμός ἐστιν Od.13.239
; ἔρημος οὕτω, ἄγαν οὕτω, S.Ph. 487, 598: rarely at the end of a clause, Od.18.255, Hdt.7.170 (dub. l.): sts. separated from the word which it limits,
οὕτως ἔχει τι δεινόν
; S.Ph. 104
; οὕτως ἐπὶ δεινὰς ἁρπαγάς Pl.R. 391d
, cf. Th.2.11; οὕτω δ' ἦν ὁ Φίλιππος ἐν φόβῳ.., ὥστε .. D.18.33.

C Prosody. The last syll. of οὕτω is short before a vowel in Il.3.169, Od.3.315. The ι of οὑτωσί is always long, v. οὗτος init.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὕτως
7 ἐν

ἐν, poet. [full] ἐνί, [full] εἰν, [full] εἰνί (Il.8.199, etc.), forms used by [dialect] Ep. and Lyric Poets as the metre requires, but only as f.l. in Trag.,

A εἰν S.Ant. 1241
; εἰνί E.Heracl. 893
: Arc. and Cypr. [full] ἰν IG5(2).3.5, al., Inscr.Cypr.135.9 H., al.

0-0PREP. WITH DAT. AND ACC. Radical sense, in, into.

A WITH DAT.

I OF PLACE,

1 in, νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ Od.1.50
; ἐν δώμασ' ἐμοῖσιν Il.6.221
; ἐνὶ προθύροισιν 11.777
; κοίλῃσ' ἐνὶ νηυσί Od.2.27
; with names of cities or islands, as ἐν Ἀθήνῃς, ἐν Τροίῃ, Il.2.549, 162; ἡ ἐν Κερκύρᾳ ναυμαχία Th.1.57
; ἡ ἐν Σαλαμῖνι μάχη Isoc.5.147
(but in [dialect] Att. the Prep.is sts.omitted, as with Ἐλευσῖνι, Μαραθῶνι; where ἐν is used, it = in the district of.., ὲν Ἐλευσῖνι IG22.1028.11
, ἐμ Μαραθῶνι ib.1243.21): ἐν χερσὶν ἐμῇσι in my arms, Il.22.426; ἐνὶ θυμῷ Od.16.331
, etc.; ἐν αὑτῷ εἶναι to be in one's senses, be oneself, ἔτ' ἐν σαυτῷ (v.l. - τοῦ) γενοῦ S.Ph. 950
; also ἐν αὑτοῦ, cf. signf. 2.

b ἐν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν in the fish-market, Antiph.125; ἐν τῷ μύρῳ Ar.Eq. 1375
; so ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν in the two-obol seats, D.18.28.

2 elliptic, in such phrases as ἐν Ἀλκινόοιο Od.7.132
, cf.Leg.Gort.2.21, etc.; εἰν Ἀΐδαο Il.22.389
, [dialect] Att. ἐν Ἅιδου (v. Ἅιδης): later ἐν τοῖς τινός PRev.Laws 38.1
(iii B. C.), Ev.Luc.2.49; ἐν ἡμετέρου Hdt.1.35
, 7.8.
δ'; ἐμ Πανδίονος IG22.1138.8
; ἐν Δημοτιωνιδῶν ib.2.841b21; ἐν τῶν πόλεων ib. 12.56.14: mostly with pr.n., but sts. with Appellatives, as, ἐν ἀφνειοῦ πατρός Il.6.47
; ἐν ἀνδρὸς εὐσεβεστάτου E.IA 926
; ἐν παιδοτρίβου, ἐν κιθαριστοῦ, at the school of.., Ar.Nu. 973, Pl.Tht. 206a; ἐν γειτόνων (v. γείτων) ἐν αὑτοῦ ( αὑτῷ cod. Rav.) Ar.V. 642, cf. Men.Sam. 125; οὐκέτ' ἐν ἐμαυτοῦ ἦν Pl.Chrm. 155d
; ἐν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν γένεσθε Lib.Or. 35.15
.

3 in, within, surrounded by, οὐρανὸς ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι Il.15.192
; after Hom., of clothing, armour, etc., ἐν ἐσθῆτι Hdt.2.159
; ἐν πεπλώματι S.Tr. 613
; ἐν ἔντεσι Pi.O.4.24
; ἐν ὅπλοισι in or under arms, Hdt.1.13, etc.; also of particular kinds of arms, ἐν τόξοις, ἀκοντίοις, etc., equipped with them, dub.in X.Mem.3.9.2; ἐν μαχαίρῃ PTeb. 16.14
(ii B. C.); ἐν μεγάλοις φορτίοις βαδίζειν καὶ τρέχειν X. Cyr.2.3.14
; ἐν βαθεῖ πώγωνι Luc.Salt.5
.

4 on, at or by, ἐν ποταμῷ Il. 18.521
, Od.5.466; ἐν ὄρεσσιν 19.205
; οὔρεος ἐν κορυφῇς Il.2.456
; ἐν θρόνοις Od.8.422
; νευρὴ ἐν τόξῳ the string on the bow, Il.15.463; ἐν [ξίφει] ἧλοι 11.29
; κατεκλάσθη ἐνὶ καυλῷ ἔγχος was broken off at or by the shaft, 13.608; ἐν πέτροισι πέτρον ἐκτρίβων S.Ph. 296
; ἐν οἴνῳ at wine, prob. in Call.Epigr.23, Luc.Dem.Enc.15.

5 in the number of, amongst, freq.in Hom., ἐν Δαναοῖσι, προμάχοισι, μέσσοισιν, νεκύεσσι, Il.1.109, 3.31, 7.384, Od. 12.383, al.; οἴη ἐν ἀθανάτοισιν Il. 1.398
; and with Verbs of ruling, ἐν δ' ἄρα τοῖσιν ἦρχ' 13.689
; ἀνδράσιν ἐν πολλοῖσι.. ἀνάσσων Od.19.110
; φῦλον ἐν ἀνθρώποισι ματαιότατον Pi.P.3.21
; ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοισιν ἀνὴρ χρηστός S.Ant. 661
; ἐν γυναιξὶν ἄλκιμος E.Or. 754
:—for ἐν τοῖς c. [comp] Sup., V. ὁ.

b in the presence of, ἐν πᾶσι Od.2.194
; πτωχὸς ὢν ἐν ἐσθλοῖσιν λέγειν E.Fr. 703
; λέγοντες ἐν τῷ δήμῳ Pl.R. 565b
; μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσι Th.2.36
; ἔλεγον ἐν τοῖς τριάκοντα Lys.12.6
; ἐν τοῖς ὄχλοις εἰπεῖν Isoc.3.21
; λέγειν ἐν ἀνδράσιν (of a woman) Lys.32.11; of a trial, διαγωνίζεσθαι, διαδικάζεσθαι ἔν τισι, Pl.Grg. 464d, Lg. 916b; προὐκαλούμην ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς δικασταῖς Antipho6.23
.

6 in one's hands, within one's reach or power, νίκης πείρατ' ἔχονται ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι Il.7.102
; δύναμις γὰρ ἐν ὑμῖν Od.10.69
(comp. the Homeric phrases θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται Il.17.514
; ἐν γὰρ χερσὶ τέλος πολέμου 16.630
); freq. in Hdt. and [dialect] Att., ἔστιν ἔν τινι, c. inf., it depends on him to.., rests with him to.., ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ ἢ.. ἤ.. Hdt.6.109
, cf. 3.85, etc.; ταῦτα δ' ἐν τῷ δαίμονι καὶ τῇδε φῦναι χἁτέρᾳ S.OC 1443
; ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; ἐν σοὶ δ' ἐσμὲν καὶ ζῆν καὶ μή E.Alc. 278
; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὰ πράγματα ἐγένετο Th.1.74
; ἐν τῷ θεῷ τὸ τέλος ἦν, οὐκ ἐμοί D.18.193
; also ἐν τούτῳ εἰσὶν πᾶσαι αἱ ἀποδείξεις depend on this, Pl.Prt. 354e; ἐν τούτῳ λύεται ἡ ἀπορία ἢ ἄλλοθι οὐδαμοῦ ib. 321e; ἔν γ' ἐμοί so far as rests with me, S.OC 153 (lyr.); ἐν δὲ σοὶ λελείψομαι E.Hipp. 324
; also ἐν ἐμοί in my judgement, S.OC 1214 (lyr.); ἐν θεοῖς καλά in the eyes of the gods, Id.Ant. 925.

7 in respect of, ἐν πάντεσσ' ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα Il.23.671
; ἐν γήρᾳ σύμμετρός τινι in point of age.., S. OT 1112; ἐν ἐμοὶ θρασύς in my case, towards me, Id.Aj. 1315; ἐν θανοῦσιν ὑβριστής ib. 1092; ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάθησις Pl.La. 190d; also οὐδὲν δεινὸν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ στῇ stop with me, Id.Ap. 28b.

8 in a pregnant construction with Verbs of motion, into; implying both motion to and subsequent position in a place, ἐν κονίῃσι χαμαὶ πέσεν fell [to the dust and lay] in it, Il.4.482, etc.; βάλον ἐν κονίῃσι 5.588
; νηῒ δ' ἐνὶ πρύμνῃ ἔναρα θῆκ' 10.570
; ἐν χερσὶ τιθέναι 1.441
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶ βαλεῖν 5.574
; ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βαλεῖν ib. 513; ἐν Τρωσὶν ὄρουσαν 16.258
; ἐν χερσὶ πεσέειν 6.81
; λέων ἐν βουσὶ θορών 5.161
; ἐν δ' οἶνον ἔχευεν ἐν δέπαϊ χρυσέῳ Od.20.261
; ἐν τεύχεσσιν ἔδυνον Il.23.131
: in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων S.Aj. 184
(lyr.), cf. 374 (lyr.); ἐν χωρίῳ ἐμπεπτωκώς Th.7.87
; ἡ ἐν τῷ Σπειραίῳ τῶν νεῶν καταφυγή Id.8.11
; ἐν τόπῳ καταπεφευγέναι Pl.Sph. 260c
; ἐν ᾅδου διαπορευθείς Id.Lg. 905b
; ῥιπτοῦντες σφᾶς ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ Arr.An.1.19.4
; later, with Verbs of coming and going, διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ Paus.7.4.3
, cf. LXX To.5.5, Arr.Epict.1.11.32, etc.: τὸν ἐν Σικελίᾳ πλοῦν is f.l. in Lys. 19.43 codd.

9 πίνειν ἐν ποτηρίῳ to drink from a cup, Luc.DDeor. 6.2; ἐν ἀργύρῳ πίνειν Id.Merc.Cond.26
; ἐν μικροῖς D.L.1.104
.

10 ἄργυρος ἐν ἐκπώμασι silver in the form of plate, Plu.2.260a; ἐμ φέρνῃ, ἐν θέματι, as a dowry, pledge, PPetr.1p.37, PTeb.120.125 (i B. C.).

11 in citations, ἐν τοῦ σκήπτρου τῇ παραδόσει in the passage of the Il. describing this, Th.1.9, cf. Pl.Tht. 147c, Phlb. 33b.

II OF STATE, CONDITION or POSITION:

1 of outward circumstances, ἐν πολέμῳ Od.10.553
; ἐν δαιτί Il.4.259
; ἐν καρὸς αἴσῃ 9.378
; ἐν μοίρῃ Od.22.54
; οὑμὸς ἐν φάει βίος E.Ph. 1281
; ἐν γένει εἶναί τινι to be related to.., S.OT 1016; of occupations, pursuits, ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ εἶναι to be engaged in philosophy, Pl.Phd. 59a, cf. R. 489b; οἱ ἐν ποιήσι γενόμενοι poets, Hdt.2.82; οἱ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι ministers of state, Th.3.28; οἱ ἐν τέλει the magistrates, Id.7.73, etc.; τοὺς ἐν ταῖς μοναρχίαις ὄντας Isoc.2.5
; ὁ ἐν ταῖς προσόδοις PPetr.1p.62
; ὁ μάντις ἦν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ in the practice of it, S.OT 562.

2 of inward states, of feeling, etc., ἐν φιλότητι, ἐν δοιῇ, Il.7.302,9.230; ἐν φόβῳ γενέσθαι Pl.R. 578e
; οὐκ ἐν αἰσχύνῃ τὰ σά E.Ph. 1276
; ἐν σιωπῇ τἀμά Id. Ion 1397
; ἐν ὀργῇ ἔχειν τινά to make him the object of one's anger, Th.2.21; ἐν ἔριδι εἶναι ibid.; ἐν αἰτίᾳ σχεῖν τινά to blame him, Hdt.5.106; ἐν αἰτίᾳ βαλεῖν S.OT 656
(lyr.); ἐν αἰτίᾳ εἶναι to have the blame, X.Mem. 2.8.9, etc.; οἱ ἐν ταῖς αἰτίαις D.Ep.2.14
.

3 freq. with neut. Adj., ἐν βραχεῖ, = βραχέως, S.El. 673; ἐν τάχει, = ταχέως, Id.OT 765, etc.; ἐν καλῷ ἐστί, = καλῶς ἔχει, E.Heracl. 971; ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ [ ἐστί] Id.IT 762; ἐν εὐμαρεῖ [ ἐστί] Id.Hel. 1227; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.3.154
; ἐν ἴσῳ, = ἴσως, ἐν ὁμοίῳ, = ὁμοίως, Th.2.53: less freq. in pl., ἐν ἀργοῖς, = ἀργῶς, S.OT 287; ἐν κενοῖς, = κενῶς, Id.Aj. 971: with a Subst., ἐν δίκᾳ, = δικαίως, opp. παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.O.2.16, cf. S.Tr. 1069, Ar.Eq. 258, Pl.R. 475c, al.; ἦσαν οὐκέτι ὁμοίως ἐν ἡδονῇ ἄρχοντες Th.1.99
, cf. Pl. Epin. 977b.

III OF THE INSTRUMENT, MEANS or MANNER, ἐν πυρὶ πρήσαντες Il.7.429
; δῆσαι ἐνὶ δεσμῷ 5.386
, cf. Od.12.54, etc.; but in most cases the orig. sense may be traced, to put in the fire and burn, infetters and bind, etc.; so ἐν πόνοις δαμέντα A.Pr. 425
(lyr.); ἔζευξα πρῶτος ἐν ζυγοῖσι κνώδαλα ib. 462; ἔργον ἐν κύβοις Ἄρης κρινεῖ Id.Th. 414
; also ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὄμμασιν ὁρᾶσθαι, ἰδέσθαι, to see with or before one's eyes, i.e. have the object in one's eye, Il.3.306, Od.10.385, etc.; ἔν τε τῇ ὄψει διαγιγνώσκειν καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀκοῇ Pl.Tht. 206a
; also ἐν ὠσὶ νωμῶν ὄρνιθας A.Th.25
; also ἐν λιταῖς by prayers, S.Ph.60; ἐν δόλῳ by deceit, ib. 102; ἐν λόγοις by words, A.Ch. 613 (lyr.); ἀπέκτειναν ἐν τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ Lys.13.12
, cf. Antipho 5.59; ψαύειν ἐν κερτομίοις γλώσσαις S.Ant. 961
(lyr.); ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίοις νόμοις ποιήσαντες τὰς κρίσεις Th.1.77
; esp. with Verbs of showing, σημαίνειν ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ οἰωνοῖς X.Cyr.8.7.3
; τὰ πραχθέντα.. ἐν.. ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε ye know by letters, Th.7.11; ἐν τῇδε ῥάβδῳ πάντα ποιήσεις Ezek.Exag. 132
, cf. PMag.Osl.1.108.

2 of a personal instrument, ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Ev.Matt.9.34
.

IV OF TIME, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ Il.16.643
; ἐν νυκτί Hdt.6.69
, X. Smp.1.9; ἐν χρόνῳ μακρῷ S.Ph. 235
, OC88; ἐν τούτῳ (sc. τῷ χρόνῶ) in this space of time, Hdt.1.126, etc.; ἐν ᾧ (sc. χρόνῳ) during the time that, S.Tr. 929, etc. (also ἐν οἷς Arist.Mu. 391a2
); ἐν ὅσῳ Th.3.28
; ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς in the time of the truce, X.An.3.1.1; ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ Th.7.73
(but in some phrases the ἐν is omitted, as μυστηρίοις in the course of the mysteries, Ar.Pl. 1013; τραγῳδοῖς at the performance of.., Aeschin.3.36).

b ἐν ἄρχοντι Μητροδώρῳ during the archonship of M., IG7.1773 (Thebes, ii A. D.); ἐν ἄρχοντι Σύλλᾳ ib.3.113.

2 in, within, ἐν ἡμέρῃ Hdt.1.126
; ἐν ἔτεσι πεντήκοντα Th.1.118
; ἐν τρισὶ μησί X.HG1.1.37
, etc.; μυρίαις ἐν ἁμέραις in, i.e. after, countless days, E.Ph. 305 (lyr.); ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς νοσῆσαι Procop.Arc.9.35
.

V OF NUMBERS generally, ἐν δυσὶ σταδίοις within two stadia, D.S.20.74, cf. 19.39, dub. in Th.6.1.

2 with gen. of price, ἐν δύο ταλάντων LXX 3 Ki.16.24
.

3 amounting to, προῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις BGU970.14
(ii A. D.), etc.

B WITH Acc., into, on, for, Arc. ἰν, νόμος ἰν ἄματα πάντα IG5
(2).5; γράψαι ἐν χάλκωμα ib.511; ἐν πελτοφόρας ἀπεγράψατο ib.7.210 ([place name] Aegosthenae), etc.; also poet., ἐν πάντα νόμον Pi.P.2.86
.

C WITHOUT CASE, AS ADVERB, in the phrase ἐν δέ..,

1 and therein, Il.9.361; ἐν μέν.. ἐν δέ Od.13.244
.

2 and among them, Il.2.588, etc.; in Hdt., mostly ἐν δὲ δή .. 3.39, 5.95; or ἐν δὲ καί.. 2.43
, 172, 176.

3 and besides, moreover (not in [dialect] Att. Prose), S.Aj. 675, OT 181 (lyr.), al.; ἐν δ' ὑπέρας τε κάλους τε πόδας τ' ἐνέδησεν ἐν αὐτῇ Od.5.260
.

4 ἔνι, = ἔνεστι, ἔνεισι, Il.20.248, etc.

D POSITION: ἐν freq. stands between its Subst. and the Adj. agreeing therewith, Il.22.61, B.5.41, etc.: without an Adj., τῷ δ' ἐν ἐρινεός ἐστι μέγας Od.12.103
: most freq. in Hom. in the form ἐνί, which is then written by anastrophe ἔνι, Il.7.221, Od.5.57; in Pi. between Subst. and gen., χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος O.13.44
, al.--One or more independent words sts. come between the Prep. and its dat., as in Od.11.115; also in Prose, Hdt.6.69.

E IN COMPOS.,

I with Verbs, the Prep. mostly retains its sense of being in or at a place, etc., c. dat., or folld. by εἰς.. , or ἐν..: in such forms as ἐνορᾶν τινί τι, in translating, we resolve the compd., to remark a thing in one.

b also, at a person, ἐγγελᾶν, ἐνυβρίζειν τινί.

2 with Adjs., it expresses

a a modified degree, as in ἔμπηλος, ἔμπικρος, ἔνσιμος, rather...

b the possession of a quality, as in ἔναιμος with blood in it, ἐνάκανθος thorny: ἔμφωνος with a voice: ἔννομος in accordance with law, etc.

II ἐν becomes ἐμ- before the labials β μ π φ ψ; ἐγ- before the gutturals γ κ ξ Χ; ἐλ- before λ; ἐρ- before ρ; rarely ἐς- before ς; but Inscrr. and Papyri often preserve ἐν- in all these cases.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐν
8 ἐπί

ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)

A ἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.

A WITH GEN.:

I of Place,

1 with Verbs of Rest, upon, καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
; ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
; ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
; κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα) ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356; οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
; ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
; ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
; ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
; οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
; πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.; ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support, νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190; γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.); νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
; ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.); οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
; τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b; τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
; ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118; οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns, ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153; κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.

2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21; ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).

b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.

c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom., εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32; οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
; ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
; ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
; ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.; αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16
; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d
, cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.

d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79
; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line, ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X., ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.

e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of, ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
; ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official, ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14; γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
; τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
; πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).

f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of, ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
; ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
; αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.; τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
; τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.); ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
; τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
; οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
; ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject, λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.; ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12
.

3 implying Motion:

a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80; ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
; τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.

b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf. εἰς A.1.2
, ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45; ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39; ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place, προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
; τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places, ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
; πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1; ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.

c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7; ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;
ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to.., Pl.Prt. 358b
; cf. infr. B. 111.2.

II of Time, in the time of, ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332; ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.; ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
; ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.; ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.; ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36; αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403; ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.); ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.

b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.

III in various causal senses:

1 over, of persons in authority, ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5; ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
; ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.

2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45; ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
: ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.

3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183; ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
; ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
; ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17; τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
; ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
; ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
; ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.); ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).

4 in respect of, ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning, τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).

B WITH DAT.:

I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):

1 with Verbs of Rest, ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
; ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
; στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240; ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
; ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351
(v.l. for ἐν) ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in, ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
; τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
; ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near, ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
; ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside, ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.; ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
; ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.

b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400
; also, over or in honour of, ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81
, cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.

c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon, οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to, ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
; ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
; δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.; ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87; νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.

d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120; ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
; ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).

e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ' ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308; ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277; ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals, τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.; γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with, ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρ ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
; παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.

f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.

g. in dependence upon, in the power of, τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.; ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
; ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.; τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.

h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56; ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
; ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).

i. of condition or circumstances in which one is, ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.; ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228
(lyr.); ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
; ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
; ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2; ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
; ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).

k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.

2. with Verbs of Motion:

a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support, ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
; θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
; καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ. ψαμάθοις 23.853
; ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας βαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.

b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
; καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ' ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273; νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.

c. rarely for εἰς c.acc., νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.

d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
; ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
; ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
; κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
; ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι τετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13; ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).

II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529; ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105; ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1; ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
; ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.

2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.; ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.; τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.

3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665
A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection, ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122; ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
; ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574; δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
; ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ. δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.

2. of an end or purpose, υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44; ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
; ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
; ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.); ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10; ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66; ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
; ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.; τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).

3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.; ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20; ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry, τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαί τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
; τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of.., ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.

4. of the price for which.., ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .
ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200; ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
; ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;
ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for
225
per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed, δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνου κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
; ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
; δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.

5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται.. ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
; ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; so ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖν ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ. ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).

6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221; ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
; οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
; σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ στρατεύματι Th.6.29
; ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33; οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
; ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.

7. in possession of, possessing, ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2; ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
; ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.); ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.

C. WITH Acc.:

I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion, ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
; προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43; ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218; Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
; θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.

b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).

2. to, ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ. τεῖχος 12.443
; ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
; ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
; ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers., βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest, ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
; παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.

b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127; ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
; ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.

c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]), παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
; ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων ἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements, πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron., τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσον ἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97; ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ. πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
; ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259; ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs., ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.

d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e), ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79); ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.

e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.

3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. κέρας v11
): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.; ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.

4. in hostile sense, against, ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
; ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.; ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90
; πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.

5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης 2.159
; ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350
; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771; ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
; ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4; ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on, δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765; ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11; ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
; ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among, κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535; δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.

II. of Time, for or during a certain time, ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193: πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
; παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
; ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
; ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d; γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20; ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.

2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
; οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421; ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
; ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers., ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555; κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
; κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83; ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394; ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
; κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.; καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b
, etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256; ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434; ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμος ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun, ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.

2. so far as regards, τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
; ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12; τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.; ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
; κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ. μέγα Call.Dian.55
.

3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24; ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.; ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.

4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.

D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb, ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.

II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ. γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).

E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.; πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).

II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ ἐπέων 11.367
; ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).

F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ἐπέχω v11
). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).

G. IN COMPOSITION:

I. of Place, denoting,

1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.

2. Motion,

a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.

b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.

c. against, ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.

d. up to a point, ἐπιτελέω.

e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.

f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.

g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.

3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω, ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.

4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.

5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.

6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.

II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι, ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.

III. in causal senses:

1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.

2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.

3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.

4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί
9 ὑπό

ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπά

A Ἀρχ.Δελτ. 14
Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824
, ὑ. δέ 3.217
, 11.417, 12.149, ὑ. δείους 10.376
, 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ) λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44
, al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), and ὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.
ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds., ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165
, ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)

A WITH GENITIVE,

I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56; ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669
; ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b; ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17
; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;
ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς
from the consequences of,
23.86
; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag., ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441
; περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53
; once in Hdt., τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8
; αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27
(Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.

2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375; ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106
; τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717
: also without the sense of motion, ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372
; βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14
; ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52
; κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588
; ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83
; νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347
; τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a
; δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342
; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.

b metaph., ἀρετῶσι δὲ λαοὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ under his rule, Od.19.114.

II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense, μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436
, cf. 4.479; ἡνιόχοιο ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος ὑφ' Ἕκτορος 17.428
; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242; τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137
; οἵαις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι A.Pr. 308
, cf. Th.7, al.; πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61
; ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303
; πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς ἐχθρὸν ὑπ' ἐχθρῶν A.Pr. 1042
(anap.); ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77
; ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66
; ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5
; ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64
; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32; ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391
; ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a
: sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a; ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029
; ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34
; ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2
; Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d
; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.

2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149, χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153
, cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.; πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5
; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99; οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78
, cf. Ar.V. 1084.

3 freq. of things as well as persons, ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77
; κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8
(Epid., iii B.C.); χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b
; ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.); κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4
: of the agency of feelings, passions, etc., ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371
; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587; μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153
; χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376
; ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85
, cf. Th.6.33; οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66
; ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129
; ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183
; ὑπ' ὀργῆς Ar.V. 1083
; ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073
: hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1; ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22
, cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).

4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances, νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276
, cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277; ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220
.

5 of accompanying music, to give the time, κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281
, cf. 278; ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123
, cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9; πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001
: generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.); καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554
(anap.); ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299
; εἴσειμ' ὑπαὶ πτερύγων κιχλᾶν καὶ κοψίχων Ar.Ach. 970
; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.

6 ὑ. Ἑλλανοδικᾶν, = ἐπί c. gen., SIG171 (Olympia, iv B.C.).

7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.

8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.

B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under, ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784
, al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186; Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11
, cf. 373.118, al.; ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105
; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860; πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533
; ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27
; ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33
(Samos, iv B.C.); ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11
; χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242
; ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5
,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244; εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6
codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.); ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a
.4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8; τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.
ap. eund.12.25.7; οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31
, cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16; ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14
; ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9
; τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero
*Deff.135.12; ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102
.

2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693; ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478
, cf. Il.24.782; ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378
, cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37; δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644
.

3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.; ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352
; ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653
, etc.; ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180
; ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489
; πέπληγμαι δ' ὑπαὶ δάκει φοινίῳ A.Ag. 1164
(lyr.); ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453
; ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490
.

4 behind, ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1
; under the cover or protection of, ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9
; ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8
, 4.12.10, 16.6.1.

II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs, ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637
; ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82
; βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171
; ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215
; ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384
; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742; ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8
([place name] Crete); ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5
, cf. 12,31,52.

2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power, δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305
, cf. Il.9.156; ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68
; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26; τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c
; ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44
: in pregnant sense, ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11
, cf. Th.7.64; ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157
; κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6
; ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4
; τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2
.

3 of the subordination of things coming under a class, αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c
; τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b
; ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d
.

4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19; ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e
: generally, of attendant circumstances, ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402
; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.; λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17
; αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79
; ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14
; ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41
; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.; ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d
.— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat., στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73
(Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.); λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26
, cf. Man.2.131.

C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279; ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383
; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333; νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51
, cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12; πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271
; ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96
; ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2
; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146; ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181
; παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407
; ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11
; ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7
, cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.; ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536
B 3 ([place name] Cnidus); πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32
, cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.

2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion, Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603
, cf. 824, etc.; ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76
; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9; τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162
(ii B.C.); ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13
(loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267; ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181
; τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270
; τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10
, cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17; οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38
, cf. 16.21, al.; ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14
, al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.); τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17
; ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114
, cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); also ἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371
; Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26
; ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278
; τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120
(Epid., iv B.C.); οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13
(iii B.C.); ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2
(iii B.C.); κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7
, cf. 67, al.; ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10
; μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593
A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.); καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4
; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34; εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75
(v. πούς 1.6
g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9; ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108
; ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720
; εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8
(cf. αὐγή 1
): of subordinate position. κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9
; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.

b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5; εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29
, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21; αἱ γωνίαι ὑφ' ἃς αἱ ὁμόλογοι πλευραὶ ὑποτείνουσι Euc.6.6
,al.

3 of the logical subordination of things under a class, τῶν ἑτερογενῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπ' ἄλληλα τεταγμένων Arist.Cat. 1b16
, etc.; οἱ ὑ. τὸ ψεῦδος τεταγμένοι in the category of.., Luc.Ind.20.

II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt., ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108
; ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60
, cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.; ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29
; ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340
; τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75
, cf. 74; ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616
(i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v. ἥλιος 11.1
); ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52
(Halic., iii B.C.); τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3
(iii B.C.); στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7
([place name] Rhodes); μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7
, cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.; τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75
([place name] Rhodes).

III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English, ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102
; ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51
, cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2; τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10
: rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202; ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60
; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142; ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4
([place name] Thasos).

2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165; ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4
, 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38; ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26
; ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100
; ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27
, cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7; ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21
, Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10; ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215
; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς) ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60
(Corc., ii/i B.C.); ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14
, Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109; ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17
.

IV of accompaniment, ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a
; ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3
codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v. κῆρυξ 1.3
).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.

2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.); ὄνοι ὑ. δένδρα BGU 362i6
, al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.

D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.

E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.

2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.

II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe, φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17
.

F IN COMPOSITION:

I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.

2 of the casing or covering of one thing with another, as ὑπάργυρος, ὑπόχρυσος.

3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111.

II denoting what is in small degree or gradual, somewhat, a little, as in ὑποκινέω, ὑποδεής, ὑπόλευκος (so in tmesi, ὑ. τι ἀσεβῆ Pl.Phdr. 242d
, cf. Grg. 493c; ὑ. τι μικρὸν ἐπιθήκισα Ar.V. 1290
(lyr.)).

III underhand, secretly, as in ὑποθέω, ὑποθωπεύω, ὑποκορίζομαι, ὑπόρνυμι.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπό
10 πρόσθεν

πρόσθεν, and in Poets [full] πρόσθε, also in [dialect] Ion. Prose (Hdt.1.11, al., cf. ἐπίπροσθε); [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρόσθα A.D.Adv.153.20, E.M.424.12 (in elision πρόσθ', Alcm.73, Sapph.Supp.1.5); [dialect] Dor. also [full] πρόθεν (cf. ὄπιθεν), Greg.Cor.p.222S.: Adv.

A as Prep. with gen.:

I of Place or Space, before, στῆ πρόσθ' αὐτοῖο Il.5.170
; πεζὸς πρόσθ' ἵππων 13.385
, cf. 392, etc.; κατὰ τεύχε' ἔθηκε πρόσθεν Ἀχιλλῆος 19.13
; π. ποδῶν Od.22.4
, cf. Il.23.877; ἐκ δὲ τὼ ἀΐξαντε πυλάων π. μαχέσθην before, i.e. outside, 12.145, cf. 9.473; νῆσος.. π. Σαλαμῖνος τόπων A.Pers. 447
; π. Μυρμιδόνων πολεμιζέμεν in front of them, at their head, Il.16.220; ἐν τῷ π. τοῦ στρατεύματος in front of.., X.Cyr.5.3.52; εἰς τὸ π. τῶν ὅπλων ἐκαθέζοντο Id.An.3.1.33
; εἰς τὸ π. τινῶν θεῖναί τι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν Pl.R. 618a
: with collat. notion of defence, [σάκος] πρόσθε στέρνοιο φέρων Il.7.224
; στὰς πρόσθεν νέκυος 16.321
; τάων οὔτοι π. ἵσταμαι I defend them not, 4.54: hence, for, on behalf of, π. φίλων τοκέων ἀλόχων τε καὶ υἱῶν 21.587
, cf. 16.833; ὅς τε ἑῆς π. πόλιος λαῶν τε πέσῃσιν Od.8.524
.

2 with Verbs of motion, π. ἕθεν φεύγοντα Il.5.56
, 80, 20.402; π. δὲ κί' αὐτοῦ 15.307
.

3 metaph., οὐδὲν ἐς π. κακῶν E.Hec. 961
: of preference, ἄγειν τινὰ π. τινός Id.Ba. 225
; π. τιθέναι τί τινος Id.Hec. 129
(anap.), cf. IG22.1299.58; αἰσχρὰ π. τοῦ καλοῦ ζητεῖν E.Fr.659.7
.

II of Time, before, πρόσθ' ἄλλων Il.2.359
, cf.S.Ph. 778; τοῖιν δ' ἔγνω π. first of the twain, Il.13.66, cf. Hes.Th. 746; ἐμοῦ π. A.Pers. 529
; τοῦ χρόνου π. θανοῦμαι S.Ant. 462
; π. ἑσπέρας X.Cyr.7.5.43
.—The gen. sts. stands before πρόσθεν, Il.4.54, etc., cf. supr. When it seems to be folld. by a dat., this dat. must be connected with the Verb, and πρόσθεν taken as Adv., v. infr. B. 1.1.

B as Adv.:

I of Place or Space, before, in front, π. λέων ὄπιθεν δὲ δράκων Il.6.181
, Hes.Th. 323; π. δέ οἱ δόρυ τ' ἔσχε καὶ ἀσπίδα Il.5.300
, cf. 315; π. δέ οἱ ποίησε γαλήνην Od.5.452
; πρόσθ' ὁρόων θάνατον Il.20.481
; ὁ π. the front rank man, X.Cyr.2.2.8; τὰ π. ib.6.3.2; τὰ π. (sc. σκέλη ) the forelegs (of a horse), Id.Eq.1.12; ἡ χώρα ἡ π. Plb. 3.80.3
; προῆγε εἰς τὸ π. on, forward, Id.4.66.5; ἀεὶ τοῦ π. ὀρεγόμενοι Id.3.84.12
: with collat. notion of defence, π. σάκεα σχέθον Il.4.113
; ἥ τοι π. στᾶσα βέλος ἄμυνεν ib. 129.

2 with Verbs of motion, before, in front, π. ἔφευγε 22.158
; ἥ οἱ π. ἰοῦσα 20.95
; π. ἡγεμονεύειν Od.22.400
, 24.155; ἵππους π. βαλεῖν, v. βάλλω A.11.5; ἐς τὸ πρόσθε παριέναι forward, Hdt.8.89; πάριτ' εἰς τὸ π. Ar.Ach.43
; εἰς τὸ π. προΐωμεν Pl.R. 437a
, etc.; μηδεμίαν αἰσχύνην π. ποιεῖσθαι allow to stand in the way, Id.Lg. 732b.

3 metaph., εἰς τὸ π. ἔτι ζητήσαντες Id.Sph. 258c
; τοὺς ὄπισθεν εἰς τὸ π. ἄξομεν S.Aj. 1249
.

II of Time, before, formerly, erst, οὗ καὶ π. ἀρίστη φαίνετο βουλή Il.7.325
, etc.; οὔποτε π. S.Aj. 318
; οὔπω π. X.An.5.4.18
; ἔτι π. Pl.Sph. 242d
; σμικρῷ π. Id.Lg. 969b
; οἱ π. ἄνδρες the men of old, Il.9.524; τοῦ π. Κάδμου τοῦ πάλαι τ' Ἀγήνορος S.OT 268
; ὁ π. γεννηθείς Id.OC 375
; ἡ π. the elder, E.Ph.58; of things, οἱ π. πόνοι the former, earlier labours, A.Supp.52 (lyr.); ἁ π. ἱππεία S.El. 504
(lyr.); ὁ π. λόγος Id.OT 851
; ἡ π. ἡμέρα X.An.2.3.1
, etc.; τὰ π. what was said above, Pl.Phdr. 238b; also τὸ π., as Adv., formerly, Il.23.583, Od.4.688; ταὐτὰ τῷ π. the same as before, Pl.Phdr. 241b; τὰ π. A. Ag.19
.

C folld. by a Particle, πρόσθεν, πρὶν.. before.., mostly with a neg., οὐ πρόσθεν.., πρίν γε.. με ἴδηται Od.17.7
, cf. X.An.1.1.10, Cyr. 1.2.8, etc.; οὐ π. πρὶν ἤ.. ib.1.4.23: without a neg., π. πρὶν τυχεῖν Pi.P.2.91
: also π. ἢ.. S.OT 736
, El.82, 1333; ποτιτάσσει.. μὴ π. ἐξελθεῖν ἢ τὰν ματέρα κατακάνῃ Anon.Mythogr. in PSI9.1091.3.

2 sooner, rather, π. ἂν ἀποθάνοιεν ἢ τὰ ὅπλα παραδοίησαν would die sooner than.., X.An.2.1.10.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρόσθεν
11 οὐ

οὐ, the negative of

A fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.

A USAGE.

I as the negative of single words,

II as the negative of the sentence.

I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g. εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained, εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
; εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
; ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles: οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives: οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.; οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs: οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.

II as negativing the whole sentence,

1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ) , ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. without μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.

2 with ind. of statement, τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495; οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ἔνθα κεν οὔ τιν' ἀδάκρυτόν γ' ἐνόησας Ἀργείων Od.24.61
; οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
; οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.

3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., οὐ γάρ τίς με βίῃ γε ἑκὼν ἀέκοντα δίηται 7.197
; οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίς μῃ κίθαρις 3.54
, cf. 11.387.

4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
, 20.286.

5 with opt. and ἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.

6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,

a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing, ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. and ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἂν δικαίως αὐτοὺς δέχοισθε μαθεῖν χρή Th.1.40
, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq., ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.

b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning, χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
; ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
; διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
; μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.; νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
; ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; νηπιάχοις οἷς οὔ τι μέλει πολεμήϊα ἔργα Il.2.338
, etc.: in causal relative sentences, οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as οὐκ ἔστ' ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ E.Tr. 1051
, cf. Hec. 298; οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.

c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. with ἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411; οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
; οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.

7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,

a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic., εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).

b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion, μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
; κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so also δεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;
οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
; Id.15.23
, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.

c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged, εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις)
, τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
; E. Ion 347
.

8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta, φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.; λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18; οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses, οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.; αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)

9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, τὸν κατθανόνθ' ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον E.Hec. 316
; κατενόησαν οὐ πολλοὺς τοὺς Θηβαίους ὄντας Th.2
. 3; ἔργῳ δηλώσω οὐ παραγενόμενος Antipho2.4.8
, etc.; or into a causal sentence, τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
; τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν E.Alc. 352
, cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε Id.El. 1025
, etc.; ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; ὥσπερ οὐ πάντας τούτῳ τῷ τεκμηρίῳ χρωμένους Lycurg.90
, cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.

b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
; τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
; οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
; τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντας ἀκρίτους ἀπέκτειναν Lys.12.82
, cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43; τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.

10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v. μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used, τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
; τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; τὸν οὐδέν Id.Ph. 598
(whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137; ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
; ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article, ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.

11 for οὐ μή, v. sub voc.

12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;
οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
; A.Pr. 956
: so as a strong form of imper.,
οὐκ ἀπαλλάξει
; E. Ion 524
;
οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖτε τὸν μιαρὸν τοῦτον ἄνθρωπον
; Din.1.18
;
οὐκ εἶ καταπιὼν Εὐριπίδην
; Ar.Ach. 484
; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.

B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives, οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; οὐχ αἱ τρίχες ποιοῦσιν αἱ λευκαὶ φρονεῖν Men.639
; οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free, κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79; χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause, καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
; ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end, βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
; οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
; ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; so τὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. with ὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.; Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause after μέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b; κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.

C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., οὔ μιν ὁΐομαιοὐδὲ πεπύσθαι λυγρῆς ἀγγελίης Il.17.641
; ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν κρεῖσσον οἰκείου φίλου E.Andr. 986
: the first neg. may be a compd., καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; οὐδενὶ οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς οὐδεμίαν κοινωνίαν ἔχει Id.Prm. 166a
(similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ἀδύνατος οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν λέγειν μάτην E.Andr. 746
; οὐ follows the compd. neg., οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν ) ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis, οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
; οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ αὖ ὡς σύ μοι δοκεῖς οἴεσθαι Pl.Prt. 332a
: so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587; θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.

2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; γλώσσης κρυφαῖον οὐδὲν οὐ διέρχεται S.Fr. 935
(but prob. f.l.); οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.

3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force, ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
; ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g. οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.

D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἀληθῆ ταῦτ' ἐστὶν οὐκ ἔχετ' ἀντιλέγειν D.8.31
, cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.; οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; οὐκ ἂν ἀρνηθεῖεν ἔνιοι ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶ τοιοῦτοι Id.9.54
; ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49; ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d; ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence, ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.

E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, γῆ δ' οὐδ' ἀὴρ οὐδ' οὐρανὸς ἦν Ar.Av. 694
; σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
; ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).

F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as in ἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., μὴ οὐ S. OT 283
, etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, ἐγὼ οὐ Ar.Eq. 340
.—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.

G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess., οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf. οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse, ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
; ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B),
τί δ' οὐχί
; A.Ag. 273
,Fr. 310;
πῶς δ' οὐχί
; Id.Supp. 918
, Ar. Pax 1027; ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.

H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.

I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὐ
12 ἔμπροσθεν

ἔμπροσθ-εν, sts. also [full] ἔμπροσθε Hdt.5.62, 7.144, al., Isoc.Ep.4.10, in Poets metri gr., Hegesipp.Com.1.20, Nicom.Com. 1.14, A.R.4.590: neither form in Hom. or Trag., τοὔμπροσθεν dub. in E.Hipp. 1228.

I Adv.,

1 of Place, before, in front, Hdt.7.126, X.Cyr.4.2.23; τὸ and τὰ ἔ. the front, the foreside, Id.HG2.3.55, Hdt.5.62, etc.; εἰς τὸ ἔ. forwards, Id.4.61; στὰς ἐκ τοῦ ἔ. in front, opposite, X.Cyr.2.2.6: metaph., εἰστοὔμπ. προελθεῖν Isoc.l.c.

2 of Time, before, of old, Pl.Phdr. 277d, etc.; τὰ ἔ. Id.Grg. 448e; τὰ ἔ. τούτων ῥηθέντα Id.Lg. 773e
; οἱ ἔ. our ancestors, Id.Plt. 296a, Hegesipp. l.c.; οἱ ἔ. Χρόνοι PPetr.2p.19
(iii B. C.), etc.

II as Prep. c. gen., before, in front of,

1 of Place, ἐ. αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς νηός) Hdt.8.87, cf.2.110, etc.

2 of Time, ἔ. ταύτης (sc. τῆς γνώμης) Id.7.144; ἔ. εἶναι τῶν πραγμάτων to be beforehand with events, D.4.39.

3 of Degree, ἔ. τοῦ δικαίου preferred before justice, Id.56.50.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔμπροσθεν
13 Πλειάδες

Πλειάδες, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. [full] Πληϊάδες ([dialect] Aeol. [full] Πληΐαδες Sapph.52), αἱ,

A Pleiads, Il.18.486, Od.5.272, Hes.Op. 383, 572.

II later in sg., of the whole constellation, esp. in notes of time,
ὑπὸ Πληϊάδα
at the setting of the P., Hp.Epid.1.1
; πρὸ Πλειάδος ἐπιτολῆς Arist.HA 553b31
; ἀπὸ Πλειάδος ἀνατολῆς ib. 599b10; μετὰ Πλειάδα ib. 598b7; ἀπὸ Πλειάδος δύσεως ib. 599a28; περὶ Πλειάδος δύσιν ib. 542b22; πρὸς δύσιν Πλειάδος χειμερινήν ib. 566a21; Σείριος ἐγγὺς τῆς ἑπταπόρου Π. ᾄσσων E.IA8
(anap.), cf. Ion 1152: in sg., also a name given to the seven best Alexandrian tragic poets, Heph.9.4, Choerob. in Heph.p.236 C., Suid. s.v. Ἀλέξανδρος Αἰτωλός, al. ( Πλειάδες is perh. derived from πλέω, sail, because they rose at the beginning of the sailing-season (if so Πληϊάδες is metri gr. for Πλε (ϝ) ϊάδες).—Poets (Hes.Frr.177, 178, 179, Pi.N.2.11, A.Fr. 312), using the lengthened form Πελειάδες (Alcm.23.60, gen. sg. Πελειάδος E.Or. 1005
(lyr.)), represented them as doves flying before the hunter Orion.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > Πλειάδες
14 χείρ

χείρ, ἡ, χειρός, χειρί, χεῖρα, dual χεῖρε, χεροῖν, pl. χεῖρες, χερῶν, χεῖρας, penult. being regularly short, when the ult. is long; dat. pl. regularly χερσί ( χειρσί occurs in cod.Vat. of LXX, as Jd.7.19, 1 Ch.5.10, and late Inscrr. as CIG2811

A b.10 ([place name] Aphrodisias), 2942c ([place name] Tralles): but Poets used the penult. long or short in all cases, as the verse required, χερός, χερί, χέρα, χέρε, χέρες, χέρας (of which Hom. uses only χερί; χέρα h.Pan.40
); gen. dual χειροῖν S.El. 206
(lyr.), 1394 (lyr.), IG22.1498.76; gen. pl. χειρῶν ib.31, common in Prose.—Poet. forms, dat. pl. χείρεσι ([etym.] ν ) once in Hom., Il.20.468, also Q.S.2.401, 5.469 (v.l.); χείρεσσι Il.12.382
, Pi.O.10(11).62, S.Ant. 976 (lyr.), 1297 (lyr.), and once in trim., E.Alc. 756; χέρεσσι ([etym.] ν) Hes.Th. 519, 747, B.17.49; χερέεσσιν AJA36.460
([place name] Galatia):—[dialect] Dor. nom. [full] χέρς Timocr.9; [full] χήρ Sophr. in PSI11.1214a3 (also, = δίψακος, Ps.-Dsc.3.11); gen. χηρός Alcm.32
, IG42(1).121.22 (Epid., iv B. C.); acc. pl. χῆρας ib.96, [dialect] Aeol. χέρρας Alc.Supp.4.21
, Theoc.28.9.—On the accent and declension of these forms, v. Hdn.Gr.2.277, 748:— the hand, whether closed, παχεῖα Il.3.376
; βαρεῖα 11.235
, al.; or open, flat, χερσὶ καταπρηνέσσι, χειρὶ καταπρηνεῖ, 15.114, Od.13.164, al.; εἰς τὴν χ. ἐγχεάμενοί τι X.Cyr.1.3.9
: freq. in pl. where a single hand is meant, Il.23.384, etc.; reversely, sg. where more than one hand is spoken of, e.g. Od.3.37, etc.; dual joined with pl., ἄμφω χεῖρας 8.135
; χεῖρε ἀμφοτέρας Il.21.115
.

2 hand and arm, arm (cf. Ruf.Onom.11,82, Gal.2.347), πῆχυν χειρὸς δεξιτερῆς Il.21.166
; κατὰ χεῖρα μέσην ἀγκῶνος ἔνερθε 11.252
; χεῖρες ἀπ' ὤμων ἀΐσσοντο Hes.Th. 150
; χ. εἰς ὤμους γυμναί Longus 1.4
; ἐν χερσὶ γυναικῶν πεσέειν into the arms, Il.6.81, etc.: hence, words are added to denote the hand as distinct from the arm, ἄκρην οὔτασε χεῖρα 5.336
; περὶ ἄκραις ταῖς χ. χειρῖδας ἔχουσι X.Cyr.8.8.17
, cf. Pl. Prt. 352a.

3 of the hand or paw of animals, ὅσα [ζῷα] χεῖρας ἔχει X.Mem.1.4.14
; πορεύεσθαι ἐπὶ χειρῶν go on all fours. LXX Le.11.27; so of monkeys, Arist.HA 502b3; of the fore-paws of the hyena, Id.Fr. 369; of the bear, Plu.2.919a.

II Special usages:

1 to denote position, ποτέρας τῆς χερός; on which hand? E.Cyc. 681; ἐπὶ δεξιὰ χειρός Pi.P.6.19
; ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρός Od.5.277
; χειρὸς εἰς τὰ δεξιά S.Fr. 598
; λαιᾶς χειρός A.Pr. 714
(but χείρ is often omitted with δεξιά, ἀριστερά, as we say the right, the left).

2 freq. in dat. of all numbers with Verbs which imply the use of hands, λάβε χειρί, χερσὶν ἑλέσθαι, Il.5.302, 10.501; χερσὶν ἀσπάζεσθαι Od.3.35
; προκαλίζεσθαι 18.20
; χειρί, χεροῖν ψαῦσαι, S.OT 1510, 1466: sts. this dat. is added pleon. by way of emphasis, ὄνυξι συλλαβὼν χερί Id.Aj. 310
.

3 gen., by the hand, χειρὸς ἔχειν τινά Il.4.154
; χειρὸς ἑλών 1.323
, etc.; γέροντα δὲ χειρὸς ἀνίστη he raised him by the hand, 24.515, cf. Od.14.319; χερὶ χειρὸς ἑλών Pi.P.9.122
; τινὰ χειρός ἑλκειν Id.N.11.32
; ἀνέλκειν τινὰ τῆς χ. Ar.V. 569
(anap.).

4 the acc. is used when one takes the hand of a person, χεῖρα γέροντος ἑλών Il. 24.361
; χεῖρ' ἕλε δεξιτερήν Od.1.121
; χεῖράς τ' ἀλλήλων λαβέτην, in pledge of good faith, Il.6.233; so ἔμβαλλε χ. δεξιὰν πρώτιστά μοι S.Tr. 1181
; also ἔμβαλλε χειρὸς πίστιν Id.Ph. 813
, cf. OC 1632.

5 other uses of the acc.:

a in prayer or entreaty, χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν [θεοῖς] Il.3.275, etc.; ποτὶ γούνασι χεῖρας βάλλειν Od.6.310
; ἀμφὶ.. Ἀρήτης βάλε γούνασι χεῖρας Ὀδυσσεύς 7.142
; ἀμφὶ δὲ χεῖρας δειρῇ βάλλ' Ὀδυσῆϊ 23.207
; ἀμφί τινι χεῖρε β. 21.223
; περίβαλε δὲ χέρας Ar.Th. 914
, cf. A.Ag. 1559 (anap.); χεῖρας προΐσχεσθαι Th.3.58
, 66; so also χεῖρας ἀείρων Od.11.423
, cf. Il.7.130 (tm.); χ. ἀνατείνειν (v. ἀνατείνω 1.1
).

b τὰς χεῖρας αἴρειν to hold up hands in token of assent or choice, of persons voting, Ar.Ec. 264; τὴν χ. αἴρειν And.3.41
; ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀράτω τὴν χ. X.An.5.6.33
, cf. 7.3.6; ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χ. ib.3.2.9, 33; χεῖρας ὀρεγνύς Il.22.37
; χεῖρ' ὀρέγων εἰς οὐρανόν 15.371
; χεῖρας ὀ. τινί Od.12.257
; πρός τινα Pi. P.4.240
; ποτὶ στόμα χεῖρ' ὀρέγεσθαι Il.24.506
(but χεῖρά τισι ὀ. to reach them one's hand in help, X.HG5.2.17); also χεῖρε ἑτάροισι πετάσσας Il.4.523
, etc.; πιτνὰς εἰς ἐμὲ χεῖρας Od.11.392
(but χεῖρε πετάσσας abs., of one swimming, etc., 5.374, al.).

c [Ἰλίου] χεῖρα ἑὴν ὑπερέσχε held the hand over

I as a protector, Il.9.420, etc.: less freq. τισι, 4.249, cf. 5.433; χεῖρά θ' ὕπερθεν ἔχεις IG14.1003.10
([place name] Rome).

d in hostile sense, χεῖρας or χεῖρα ἐπιφέρειν τινί, Il.1.89, 19.261, al.; χεῖρας ἐφιέναι τινί 1.567
, Od.1.254, al.; χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλειν τισί Plb.3.2.8
, etc.; χέρα τινὶ προσενεγκεῖν Pi.P.9.36
; χεῖρας ἐπί τινι ἰάλλειν, v. ἰάλλω 1.1.

e χεῖρας ἀπέχειν keep hands off, λοιμοῖο βαρείας χεῖρας ἀφέξει Il.1.97
codd.; κερτομίας δέ τοι.. καὶ χεῖρας ἀφέξω.. μνηστήρων Od.20.263
; ἀθανάτων ἀπέχειν χέρας A.Eu. 350
(lyr.); τὼ χεῖρε ἀπέχεται Pl.Smp. 213d
; παύειν χεῖράς τινος Il.21.294
.

f χεῖρας ἐπιτιθέναι τινί, in token of consecration, 1 Ep.Ti.5.22, etc.

6 with Preps.:

a ἀνὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν τινάς to be intimate with.., Plb.21.6.5; αἱ ἀνὰ χεῖρά τινων ὁμιλίαι S.E.M.1.64
; τὰ ἀνὰ χεῖρα πράγματα the matters in hand, Plu.2.614b, etc. (also οἱ ἀνὰ χ. χρόνοι the current period, PRyl.88.21 (ii A. D.); τὰ ἀνὰ χ. what comes his way, Ps.-Ptol.Centil.18; ἀνὰ χ. τῆς πύλης hard by.., LXX 2 Ki.15.2.

b ἀπὸ χειρὸς λογίσασθαι to reckon off-hand, roughly, Ar.V. 656 (anap.), cf. Luc.Hist.Conscr.29: but πότισον τὴν γῆν ἀπὸ χειρός by hand, PCair.Zen.155 (iii B. C.).

c διὰ χερῶν ἔχειν, λαβεῖν, literally, to have or take between the hands, A.Supp. 193, S.Ant. 916; διὰ χειρὸς ἔχειν to hold in the hand, ib. 1258 (anap.), Ar.V. 597 (anap.); to have in hand, i. e. under control, Th.2.76; διὰ χειρῶν ἔχειν τὴν πολιτείαν Arist.Pol. 1308a27
; τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων keep under control, Th.2.13: later, to have a work in hand, be engaged in it, Phld.Acad.Ind.p.69M. ([etym.] χερός), D.H.Isoc.4; τὰ ὅπλα Plu.Cor.2
, etc. (also διὰ χ. by direct payment, opp. διὰ τῆς τραπέζης by banker's order, BGU1156.8 (i B. C.), etc.; cf. διὰ χ. ἔσπευδε τὴν πρᾶσιν Charito 1.12
); of arms, διὰ χειρὸς εἶναι Luc.Anach.35
; διὰ χ. ἔχειν, c. part., to be continually doing, Plu.2.767c; διὰ χειρός τινος ποιεῖν τι LXXJo.17.4
, al., cf. Act.Ap.7.25, al.

d ἐς χεῖρας λαβεῖν τι literally, S.El. 1120, etc.; to take a matter in hand, undertake it, πρᾶγμ' ἐς χέρας λαβόντ' E.Hec. 1242
; ἄγεσθαί τι ἐς χεῖρας Hdt.1.126
, 4.79, etc.; δοῦναί τινι ἐς χέρας, εἰς χεῖρα, S.El. 1348, X.Cyr.8.8.22; καταστῆσαι εἰς τὰς χ. τινος Aeschin.2.28
; of persons, ἵκεο χεῖρας ἐς ἁμάς thou hast fallen into our hands, Il.10.448 (in Hom. also simply ὅ τι χεῖρας ἵκοιτο Od.12.331
, cf. 24.172); so εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι X.Cyr.7.4.10
, cf. 2.4.15: generally, to have to do with any one, converse with him, Id.An.1.2.26 (so ἐς χεῖρα γῇ ξυνῆψαν E.Heracl. 429
): most freq. ἐς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τισι to come to blows or close quarters with.., A.Th. 680; ἀλλήλοις Th.7.44
: abs., εἰς χ. ἐλθεῖν Id.4.96
; ἐς χ. ἰέναι Id.2.3
, 4.72, cf. PTeb.765.6 (ii B. C.); συνιέναι X.Cyr.8.8.22
; also ἐς χειρῶν νόμον (fort. νομόν) ἀπικέσθαι Hdt.9.48
; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ (fort. νομῷ) ἀπόλλυσθαι Id.8.89
, cf. Aeschin.1.5, SIG167.37 (Mylasa, iv B. C.), Heraclid.Pol.25, Plb.1.34.5, 5.111.6; [full] ἐν χειρὸς νόμῳ Arist.Pol. 1285a10, D.H.6.26; ἐν χειρῶν νομαῖς SIG700.29
(Lete, ii B.C.), v. l. in LXX 3 Ma.1.5; ἐν χεροῖν δίκῃ cj. in E.Ba.738; εἰς χεῖρας συμμεῖξαι τοῖς πολεμίοις X.Cyr.2.1.11
; also εἰς χεῖρας δέχεσθαί τινας to await their charge, Id.An.4.3.31; ἐς χ. ὑπομεῖναί τινας Th. 5.72
.

e ἐκ χειρός by hand of man, S.Aj.27: from near at hand, at close range, ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν X.An.3.3.15
; ἀμύνασθαι ib.5.4.25; μάχεσθαι Id.HG7.2.14
, cf. D.S.19.6; πληγὰς ἐκ χ. ἀναδέξασθαι Plu.
tim.4; οὐ μὴ σωθῇ ἐκ χ. σιδήρου LXX Jb.20.24
; ἡ ἐκ χ. δίκη lynch law, D.H.4.37; ἡ ἐκ χ. βία Plb.9.4.6
: metaph., ἡ ἐκ χ. θεωρία closerange reading, D.H.Isoc.2; so of time, out of hand, off-hand, forthwith, Plb.5.41.7, al.

f δέπας μητρὶ ἐν χειρὶ τίθει Il.1.585
, cf. Od.13.57, 15.120, al. (always so of a cup, hence ἐν χερσὶ τίθει δέπας, though found in most codd., was condemned by the critics in Il.l.c., Od.3.51, 15.130); πρεσβήϊον ἐν χερὶ θήσω Il.8.289
; τόξον, ἔγχος ἔχων ἐν χειρί, 15.443, 17.604; σκῆπτρον δέ οἱ ἔμβαλε χειρί Od.2.37
; but ἐν.. χειρὶ σκῆπτρον ἔθηκεν Il.23.568
; of a gift, ἐν χερσὶ τίθει 1.441
, 446; ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχειν, literally, Pl.R. 432d; τὰ ὅπλ' ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχων D.9.8
, etc. (metaph., ἔτι μεμνημένων ὑμῶν καὶ μόνον οὐκ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἕκαστ' ἐχόντων Id.18.226
); but ἐν χερσὶν ἔχειν also, to have in hand, be engaged in, τὸν γάμον Hdt.1.35
; ἑορτήν Plu.Alex.13
; τὴν περὶ Δημοσθένους πραγματείαν D.H.Th.1
; ἐν χειρί τινα δίκην ἔχων Pl.Tht. 172e
; ὁ ἐν χερσὶ πόλεμος the war in hand, D.H.8.87; περιτειχισμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ὤν ib.21; ἡ ἐν χ. ζήτησις S.E.M.11.208
, etc.; freq. of fighting, ἐν χερσί hand to hand, ἐν χ. ἦν ἡ μάχη Th.4.43
; ἐν χ. ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.66
, cf. 4.57,96, etc.; ἐν χ. γίγνεσθαι τοῖς ἐναντίοις Id.5.72
; ἐν χ. εἶναί τινος X.HG4.6.11
; δίκη ἐν χερσί Hes.Op. 192
; ὁ ψόφος τῶν ὅπλων καὶ τῶν ἵππων ὁ φρυαγμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ἐδόκει εἶναι D.S.19.31
; ἡ ἐν χερσὶν [δυστυχία] Plu.Cleom.22: also in dual, τἀν χεροῖν S.Ant. 1345
(lyr.); ἐν χειρί τινος by the hand of.., LXX Jo.21.2, al.; ἐν χ. ἀγγέλου Act.Ap.7.35
(v.l.).

g ἐπὶ χειρὸς ἔχειν on or in one's hand, Thgn.490; ἐπὶ χεῖράς τινων ἐκφέρουσι put into their hands, Plu.2.815b; also ἐπὶ χεῖρά τινος next to, LXXNe.3.4.

h κατὰ χειρός, of washing the hands before meals, ὕδωρ κατὰ χειρός (sc. φερέτω τις), Ar.V. 1216, cf.Av. 464 (anap.), Fr. 502 (lyr.), Philox. 1, Ath.9.408e; (without ὕδωρ) κατὰ χ. ἐδόθη Alex.261.2
, cf. Arched. 2.3: prov. of that which is easily come by, Telecl.1.2 (anap.);
πάντα μοι κατὰ χ. ἦν τὰ πράγματα
at hand, Pherecr.146.5
; also κατὰ χειρῶν δοῦναι, χέειν, λαβεῖν, Philyll.3, Antiph.287 (v.l.), Men.470 (troch.), cf. Phot.s.v. κατὰ χειρὸς ὕδωρ: κατὰ χεῖρα in deed or act, κατὰ χ. γενναιότατοι D.H.7.6
; opp. συνέσει, Plu.Phil.7; κατὰ χεῖρά σου according to thy will, LXX Si.25.26: but κατὰ χεῖρας [τῆς σοφίας] by her side, ib.14.25.

i μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχειν between, i.e. in, the hands, Il.11.4, 15.717; [ἄλεισον] μετὰ χ. ἐνώμα Od.22.10
: μετὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν to have in hand, be engaged in, Hdt.7.16.β, Th.1.138.

k λάβε παρὰ χεῖρα take in hand, LXX To. 11.4; but τὸ πὰρ χειρός the work in hand, B.13.10.

l πρὸ χειρῶν
close before one, S.Ant. 1279
, E.Tr. 1207 (s.v.l.), Rh. 274; πρὸ χειρὸς εἶναι cj. in Pl.Com.69.5.

m πρὸς χειρός τινος by his hand, A.Supp.66 (lyr.), etc.; πρὸς ἐμὴν χεῖρα at the signs given by my hand, S.Ph. 148 (anap.); πρὸς χεῖρα ὑποβορβορύζοντες on pressure, Hp.Epid.4.7.

n ὑπὸ χερσὶ ἁλοῦσα under, i.e. by, another's hands, Il.2.374, etc.; ὑπὸ χεῖρα ποιεῖσθαι to bring under one's power, X.Ages.1.22; οἱ ὑπὸ χ. persons in one's power, D.6.34; ὑπὸ τὴν χ. ἐλθεῖν to come into one's hand, Luc.Herm.57, etc.; ὑπὸ χ. in hand, i.e. in stock, Arist.Mete. 369b33; but also, at hand, i.e. at once, Plu.2.548e; τὰ ὑπὸ χ. ib.56b, Dsc.1.35; ὁ ὑπὸ χ. the attendant, Dsc.5.75;
παρέργως καὶ ὑπὸ χ.
extempore, Plu.Arat.3
, etc.; also καθύπο χεῖρα κινῶν [τὰς οὐσίας], in Alchemy, Ps.-Democr. p.51 B.

III the hand often receives the attributes of the person using it, χ. μεγάλη, of Zeus, Il.15.695 (χ. παγκρατής, of God, Secund.Sent.3; χ. ὑπερμήκης, of the 'long arm' of the king, Hdt.8.140.β') ; θοὴ χ., of one throwing, Il.12.306; ἀφνειά Pi.O.7.1
, cf. S.El. 458; εὐσεβεστέρα, εὐφιλής, A.Ch. 141, Ag.34; κάρβανος ib. 1061; γεραιά E.Hec. 143
(anap.); πονηρά Id. Ion 1316
, etc.: to denote wealth or poverty, πλειοτέρῃ σὺν χ. Od.11.359
; κενεὰς σὺν χ. ἔχοντες 10.42
, cf. E.Hel. 1280, etc.

2 it is represented as acting of itself, χεῖρες μαιμῶσιν Il.13.77
, cf. S.Aj.50; χεὶρ ὁρᾷ τὸ δράσιμον A.Th. 554
; δήμου κρατοῦσα χ. Id.Supp. 604
(dub. l.): prov., ἁ δὲ χ. τὰν χ. νίζει Epich.273
; or simply, ἁ χ. τὰν χ. AP5.207
(Mel.).

3 pl., in theurgy, name for spiritual powers, αἱ δημιουργικαὶ [τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος] δυνάμεις ἃς θεουργῶν παῖδες χεῖρας ἀποκαλοῦσιν Procl. in Cra. p.101
P., cf. eund. in R.2.252K.

IV to denote act or deed, opp. mere words, in pl., ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77
; μνῆμ' Ἑλένης χειρῶν of her handiwork, her art, Od.15.126 (so in sg., δώρημ' ἐκείνῳ τἀνδρὶ τῆς ἐμῆς χ. S.Tr. 603
); χερσὶν ἢ λόγῳ Id.OT 883
(lyr.), cf. OC 1297, etc.; τῇ χειρὶ χρᾶσθαι to use one's hands, i.c. be active, stirring, opp. ἀργὸς ἐπεστάναι, Hdt.3.78, cf. 9.72; τὰς χ. προσφέρειν to apply force, X.Mem.2.6.31: sg., βούλευμα μὲν τὸ Δῖον, Ἡφαίστου δὲ χείρ A.Pr. 619
; μιᾷ χειρί single-handed, D.21.219; χειρὶ καὶ ποδὶ καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει Aeschin.3.109
, cf. 2.115; χερσίν τε ποσίν τε Il.20.360
, cf. Pi.O.10(11).62, esp. of using the hands in a fight, cf. supr. 11.6d, e, f; of deeds of violence, πρὶν χειρῶν γεύσασθαι before we try force, Od.20.181; ἀδίκων χ. ἄρχειν to give the first blow, X.Cyr.1.5.13, Antipho 4.2.1, Lys.4.11, etc.; ἀμυνόμενος ἄρχοντα χειρῶν Pl.Lg. 869d
: generally, χεῖρες violent measures, force, ἐπίσχετε θυμὸν ἐνιπῆς καὶ χειρῶν Od.20.267
; ὑπόδικος χερῶν A.Eu. 260
(lyr.); χερσὶ πεποιθώς Il.16.624
, etc.; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ v. supr. 11.6d; ὅπως θανάτοιο βαρείας χ. ἀλάλκοι, v.l. for κῆρας, Il.21.548.

V a number, band, body of men, esp. of soldiers, χεὶρ μεγάλη Hdt.7.157
; in dat., οὐ σὺν μεγάλῃ χ. Id.5.72
; πολλῇ χ. 1.174
, Th.3.96, E.Heracl. 337; pleon., χ. μεγάλῃ πλήθεος Hdt.7.20
; δεδωμάτωμαι δ' οὐδ' ἐγὼ σμικρᾷ χερί A.Supp. 958
; οἰκεία χείρ, for χεὶρ οἰκετῶν, E.El. 629; σὺν πλήθει χερῶν S.OT 123
.

VI handwriting, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρα ἀρνήσασθαι Hyp.Lyc.Fr.5
, cf. IG9(1).189 ([place name] Phocis); τῇ ἐμῇ χ. Παύλου I Ep. Cor.16.21, Ep.Col.4.18: copy, counterpart of a document, SIG712.31 (Crete, ii B.C.); deed, instrument, ἡ χ. ἥδε κυρία ἔστω PRein.28.18
(ii B.C.), cf. PCair.Zen. 477 (iii B.C.), etc.

b handiwork of an artist or workman, γλαφυρὰ χ. Theoc.Epigr.8.5
, etc.; αἱ Ἐφεσίου χεῖρες Herod.4.72
, cf. 6.66; σοφαὶ χέρες APl.4.262
; τὰς Φειδίου χ. Lib.Or. 30.22
.

VII of any implement resembling a hand:

1 a kind of gauntlet, X.Eq.12.5, Poll.1.135 (pl.).

2 χ. σιδηρᾶ grappling-iron, Th.4.25, 7.62; also of an anchor, AP6.38 (Phil.).

3 axle-tree, LXX 3 Ki.7.18(32).

4 in LXX, pillar or cairn, as it were a finger pointing to heaven, χεὶρ Ἀβεσσαλώμ LXX 2 Ki.18.18
; also ἀνέστακεν αὐτῷ χεῖρα, i.e. trophy, ib. 1 Ki.15.12.

5 χεῖρες ἐλάτιναι, of oars, Tim.Pers.7.

6 catch of a trigger, Hero Aut.13.9; χ. κατάγουσα τὴν τοξῖτιν Ph.Bel. 68.4
, cf. Hero Bel.78.2.

7 instrument of torture, LXX 4 Ma.8.13.

VIII handful, κορώνῃ χεῖρα πρόσδοτε κριθέων Phoen. 2.1
.

IX ointment containing five ingredients, Orib.Fr.89, Alex. Trall.7.1. (Cf. Arm. jein ( dzern), Alb. dore, Tocharian (A-dialect) tsar, (B-dialect) sar, all = hand.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > χείρ
15 ἀνά

ἀνά [ ᾰνᾰ], [dialect] Aeol., Thess., Arc., Cypr. [full] ὀν, Prep. governing gen., dat., and acc. By apocope ἀνά becomes ἄν before dentals, as ἂν τὸν ὀδελόν; ἄγ before gutturals, as ἂγ γύαλα; ἄμ before labials, as ἂμ βωμοῖσι, ἂμ πέτραις, etc.;

A ἀμπεπλεγμένας IG5(2).514.10
(Arc.).

A WITH GEN., three times in Od., in phrase ἀνὰ νηὸς βαίνειν go on board ship, 2.416, 9.177, 15.284; ἂν τοῦ τοίχου, τᾶς ὁδοῦ, τοῦ ῥοειδίου, IG14.352i40, ii 15,83 ([place name] Halaesa).

B WITH DAT., on, upon, without any notion of motion, [dialect] Ep., Lyr., and Trag. (only lyr.), ἀνὰ σκήπτρῳ upon the sceptre, Il.1.15, Pi.P. 1.6; ἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
; ἀνὰ σκολόπεσσι 18.177
; ἀνὰ Γαργάρῳ ἄκρῳ 15.152
; ἀνὰ ὤμῳ upon the shoulder, Od.11.128; ἀν ἵπποις, i. e. in a chariot, Pi.O.1.41; ἂμ πέτραις A.Supp. 351
(lyr.); ἀνά τε ναυσὶν καὶ σὺν ὅπλοις E.IA 754
; ἂγ Κόσσῳ GDI1365
([place name] Epirus).

C WITH ACCUS., the comm. usage, implying motion upwards:

I of Place, up, from bottom to top, up along, κίον' ἀν' ὑψηλὴν ἐρύσαι Od.22.176
; ἀνὰ μέλαθρον up to, ib. 239; [φλὲψ] ἀνὰ νῶτα θέουσα διαμπερὲς αὐχέν' ἱκάνει Il.13.547
; ἀνὰ τὸν ποταμόν Hdt.2.96
; ἂν ῥόον up-stream, GDI5016.11 ([place name] Gortyn); κρῆς ἂν τὸν ὀδελὸν ἐμπεπαρμένον Ar.Ach. 796
([place name] Megarian); simply, along, ἂν τὼς ὄρως Tab.Heracl.2.32
.

2 up and down, throughout, ἀνὰ δῶμα Il.1.570
; ἀνὰ στρατόν, ἄστυ, ὅμιλον, ib. 384, Od.8.173, etc.; ἂγ γύαλα A.Supp. 550
(lyr.); ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Μηδικήν, ἀνὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, Hdt.1.96, 2.135, etc.; ὀν τὸ μέσσον Alc. 18.3
; ἀνὰ τὸ σκοτεινόν in the darkness, Th.3.22.

3 metaph., ἀνὰ θυμὸν φρονέειν, ἀνὰ στόμα ἔχειν, to have continually in the mind, in the mouth, Il.2.36, 250; ἀν' Αἰγυπτίους ἄνδρας among them, Od.14.286; ἀνὰ πρώτους εἶναι to be among the first, Hdt.9.86.

II of Time, throughout, ἀνὰ νύκτα all night through, Il.14.80; ἀνὰ τὰς προτέρας ἡμέρας Hdt.7.223
; ἀνὰ τὸν πόλεμον 8.123
; ἀνὰ χρόνον in course of time, 1.173, 2.151, 5.27; ἀνὰ μέσσαν ἀκτῖνα (i. e. in the south) S.OC 1247.

2 distributively, ἀνὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν day by day, Hdt.2.37, 130, etc.; ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος 1.136
, etc.; ἀνὰ πάντα ἔτεα 8.65
: also ἀνὰ πρεσβύτᾱτα in order of age, Test.Epict.4.28.

III distributively with Numerals, κρέα εἴκοσιν ἀν' ἡμιωβολιαῖα 20
pieces of meat at half an obol each, Ar.Ra. 554; τῶν ἀν' ὀκτὼ τὠβολοῦ that sell 8 for the obol, Timocl. 18; ἀνὰ πέντε παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας [they marched] at the rate of 5 parasangs a day, X.An.4.6.4; ἔστησαν ἀνὰ ἑκατόν μάλιστα ὥσπερ χοροί they stood in bodies of about 100 men each. ib.5.4.12; κλισίας ἀνὰ πεντήκοντα companies at the rate of 50 in each, Ev.Luc.9.14; ἔλαβον ἀνὰ δηνάριον a denarius apiece, Ev. Matt.20.10; in doctor's prescriptions, ἀνὰ ὀβολὼ β Sor.1.63
, etc.: also
ἀνὰ δύο ἥμισυ ζῳδίων
amounting to
2
1/2 signs, Autol.1.10; multiplied by, PPetr.3p.198.

IV Phrases: ἀνὰ κράτος up to the full strength, i. e. vigorously, ἀνὰ κράτος φεύγειν, ἀπομάχεσθαι, X.Cyr.4.2.30, 5.3.12; ἀνὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον and
ἀνὰ λόγον
proportionately, Pl.Phd. 110d
; esp. in math. sense, Id.Ti. 37a, Arist.APo. 85a38, etc.; ἀνὰ μέσον in the midst, Antiph.13, Men.531.19;
ἀνὰ μέρος
by turns, Arist.Pol. 1287n17
.

D WITH NOM. of Numerals, etc., distributively, Apoc.21.21, v. l. in Sor.1.11, 12, cf. Orib.Fr.50,54.

E WITHOUT CASE as Adv., thereupon, Hom. and other Poets:— and with the notion of spreading all over a space, throughout, all over, μέλανες δ' ἀνὰ βότρυες ἦσαν all over there were clusters, Il.18.562, cf. Od.24.343:—but ἀνά often looks like an Adv. in Hom., where really it is only parted from its Verb by tmesis, ἀνὰ δ' ἔσχετο; ἀνὰ δ' ὦρτο (for ἀνῶρτο δέ) ; ἀνὰ τεύχε' ἀείρας (for τεύχεα ἀναείρας), etc.

F IN COMPOS.

1 as in C. 1, up to, upwards, up, opp. κατά, as ἀνα-βαίνω, -βλέπω, ἀν-αιρέω, -ίστημι: poet. sts. doubled, ἀν' ὀρσοθύρην ἀναβαίνειν Od.22.132
.

2 hence flows the sense of increase or strengthening, as in ἀνακρίνω; though it cannot always be translated, as in Homer's ἀνείρομαι:—in this case opp. ὑπό.

3 from the notion throughout (E), comes that of repetition and improvement, as in ἀνα-βλαστάνω, -βιόω, -γεννάω.

4 the notion of back, backwards, in ἀναχωρέω, ἀνανεύω, etc., seems to come from such phrases as ἀνὰ ῥόον up, i. e. against, the stream.

G ἄνα, written with anastr. as Adv., up! arise! ἀλλ' ἄνα Il.6.331
, Od.18.13:—in this sense the ult. is never elided; cf. ἀλλ' ἄνα, εἰ μέμονάς γε Il.9.247
; ἀλλ' ἄνα ἐξ ἑδράνων S.Aj. 194
.

2 apocop. ἄν after ὤρνυτο, ὦρτο, and up stood.. arose, Il.3.268, 23.837, etc.

3 when used as Prep. ἀνά never suffers anastrophe.

------------------------------------

ἄνα (B), ἡ,

A = ἄνυσις, Alcm.23.83, Call.Jov.90; cf. ἄνη.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀνά
16 προκάθημαι

προκάθημαι, [dialect] Ion. [suff] προκαθηγ-κάτημαι, prop. [tense] pf. of προκαθέζομαι:—

A to be seated before, π. τοσοῦτο πρὸ τῆς ἄλλης Ἑλλάδος lie so far in front of Greece, of the Thessalians, Hdt.7.172.

2 c. gen., to be seated or lie before a place, so as to defend it, ἐπὶ τῷ στόματι π. τῆς θαλάμης Arist. HA 550b5
: hence, generally, protect, defend, τῶν ἑωυτοῦ, Ἰώνων, Hdt.8.36, 9.106, cf. Th.8.76, X.HG5.2.4; τῆς Ῥώμης Plb.2.24.15
, al.; αἱ -καθήμεναι θεαὶ τῆς πόλεως SIG694.50
(Elaea, ii B. C.): rare in Poets, φυλακὴν.. στρατιᾶς π., of sentinels, E.Rh.6 (anap.).

II preside over, τὸ προκαθήμενον τῆς πόλεως Pl.Lg. 758d
; τοῦ πλήθους Arist. Pol. 1322b14
: metaph., γεύσεως ὄσφρησις π. Ph.1.603
.

2 abs., sit in public or preside, Plb.5.63.7, etc.; οἱ π. ἄρχοντες Id.12.16.6
.

b sit at meals, καθ' ἡλικίαν καὶ τιμήν Str.3.3.7
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προκάθημαι
17 τίθημι

τίθημι [pron. full] [τῐ], [ per.] 2sg.

A τιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P,
τίθης
l), Alc.
890
codd. pler., corrupted to τιθείς Pl.R. 376e
Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717; περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep. τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 ( τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg. τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. τίθητι SIG 331.13
(Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl. τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor. τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg. τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) ( τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ἐτίθην Pl.Grg. 500b
; ἐτίθεις Id.R. 528d
, Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.; ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep. τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. τίθεσαν Od.22.456
; τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
; πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); late ἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper. τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep. τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; τιθέμεν Hes.Op. 744
, Pi.P.1.40; τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written τιθῖν Byzantion 8.50
(Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf. θησέμεναι Il.12.35
, θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic, ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep. θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. θές Ar.Lys. 185
, etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion. θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep. θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl. θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT), προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, and κατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. θεῖεν S.OC 865
; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.
θέμεναι Il.2.285
, θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor. θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part. θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); τέθεικα PCair.Zen. 324
(iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl. ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. τίθεσαι Pl.Tht. 202c
; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. τίθεσο Ar. Pax 1039
, Pl. Sph. 237b, τίθου A.Eu. 226
, [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part. τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut. θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg. ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part. θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2 ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg. θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper. θέο Od. 10.333
, θοῦ S.OC 466
; subj. θῶμαι E.HF 486
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg. θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. θείμην S.Ant. 188
, etc.; [ per.] 3sg. θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, but προς-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. τίθεμαι SIG57.25
(Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. τεθήσομαι E.El. 1268
, Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. ἐτέθην E.HF 1245
, Lys.31.28, etc. ( ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. τεθεῖσθαι Ar.Fr. 327
codd. (but f.l.); part. τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense) ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.

A in local sense, set, put, place, λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.; θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself, δίφρον 20.387
);
ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down, IG42(1).122.31
(Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,

a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412; προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
; χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion, ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204; ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med., ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.

b with Preps. of local sense, θεῖσα στέφανον ἀμφὶ βοστρύχοις E.Med. 1160
([voice] Med., ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, as ἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
; ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, as εἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.; ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; πέπλον Ἀθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασι 6.92
(v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, as δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
; ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., as θῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
; τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
; ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310; ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ἐς ταφάς S.Aj. 1110
([voice] Med., ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.

c in Poets also with dat. only, χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med., κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.

II Special phrases:

1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί or χείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597; οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.

2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.

3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.

4 set a plant, X.Oec.19.7,9.

b lay a mosaic, PCair.Zen.665.10,15 (iii B.C.).

5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, ἐς τεῦχος οὐ διχορρόπως ψήφους ἔθεντο A.Ag. 816
: hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123; σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., ἔστω δὴ φανερὰ ἡ ψῆφος τιθεμένη Pl.Lg. 855d
: also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82; περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, γνώμῃ S.Ph. 1448
codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29; μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.); ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.

6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart, ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470; ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; also μένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ἐν φρεσὶ θέσθε αἰδῶ καὶ νέμεσιν 13.121
; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449; καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
; θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729; θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.

7 deposit, as in a bank, τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; θεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τὰς τετταράκοντα μνᾶς Hyp.Ath.5
; ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., τὰ ἡμίσεα τῆς οὐσίης θέσθαι παρά τινα Hdt.6.86
.ά, cf. Od.13.207; τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.); ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
; συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, τοὺς θέντας ἡμᾶς ἢ καὶ τοὺς θεμένους ὑμᾶς Pl.Lg. 820e
, cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.

8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3; τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
; τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
; τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.); τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med., θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).

9 put down in writing, θοῦ δ' ἐν φρενῶν δέλτοισι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους S.Fr. 597
(cj. Nauck):—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐν γράμμασι τεθέντα Pl.Lg. 793b
.

b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13; θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀκριβῶς αὐτὸ θήσομαι λίαν E.Med. 532
; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.

10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,

a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.

b bear arms, fight, τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
; τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
; ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.

c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act., τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).

d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3; εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.

II lay in the grave, bury, ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέα 23.83
(freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass., τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e; ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.

12 τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα
kneel down, Ev.Marc. 15.19
, Ev.Luc.22.41, al.

III set up, of the prizes in games, ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; νικητήρια S.Fr. 537
(so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, βούλομαι ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ μέσον αὐτὸ θεῖναι Pl.Lg. 719a
; ἐς μέσον ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω Hdt.3.142
; so also τ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.

2 set up in a temple, dedicate, ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
; τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).

IV assign, award, τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
; ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., without ὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., Ἴωνα δ' αὐτὸν ὄνομα κεκλῆσθαι θήσεται E. Ion75
.

V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass., τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); also θήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
; κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., καλῶς ἔθεντο ταῦτα πατέρες οἱ πάλαι E.Or. 512
: c. dat. et inf., γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.

2 [voice] Med., agree upon, ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.

3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.

VI establish, institute, ἀγῶνας A.Ag. 845
, cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.); πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.

VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods, οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180; ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.); τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846; τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.); ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737; τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
; τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; τὰ πράγματ' ὀρθῶς ἂν τιθῇ πράξει καλῶς E.Fr. 287
:—[voice] Med., administer for oneself, οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
; ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.
τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; εὐτυχίαν τὴν παροῦσαν ἔξεστι καλῶς θέσθαι Th.4.17
; τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
; τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
; τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; τὰ ἴδια ἕκαστοι εὖ βουλόμενοι δὴ θέσθαι Th.4.59
; τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
; εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
; τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5; τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι) , πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up, ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
; θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82; ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; μεθ' ἧς τὸ νῦν παρεστὸς νεῖκος εὖ θέσθαι χρεών S. OT 633
; τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; τὰς γενομένας συμφορὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους θέσθαι καλῶς And.1.140
: abs., θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass., εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.

2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice, πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39; ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26; στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.

B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:

I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.; θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.; ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.

2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483; τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.

b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363; ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274; ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
; ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; τ. λεῖον τὸν τραχὺν ἐχῖνον Ar. Pax 1086
; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.

3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).

b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.

c generally, προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.

4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.); μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; τὸν πάθει μάθος θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν A.Ag. 178
(lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.

II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; δαιμόνιον αὐτὸ τίθημ' ἐγώ S.El. 1270
(lyr.); τοιοῦτον θέντες τὸν δίκαιον Pl.R. 361b
, cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c; εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; with ὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a; μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.

2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.

3 folld. by Preps., τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
; ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; also οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
; ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
; ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but ἐν οὐδενί BGU1816.23
(i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani)); ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876; ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
; ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
; ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.

4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.

5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.

6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.

7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.

C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist, ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.

2 make, cause, bring to pass, ἔργα Il.3.321
; τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
; ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
; ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers., σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; Ἀχαιοῖς ἄλγε' ἔθηκεν 1.2
, etc.; πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; φόως ἑτάροισιν 6
6, etc.; χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
; πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
; εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
; αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).

3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418; θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; δυσμενέεσσι πόνον καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο 17.158
; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226; εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.

4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5; μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276; θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
; περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τίθημι
18 ἄχρι

ἄχρι and [full] ἄχρις (v. sub fin.):

I Adv. to the uttermost, τένοντε καὶ ὀστέα λᾶας ἀναιδὴς ἄχρις ἀπηλοίησεν Il.4.522
; ἀπὸ δ' ὀστέον ἄχρις ἄραξε 16.324
, cf. 17.599.

2 after Hom., before Preps., ἄχρι εἰς Κοτύωρα X.An.5.5.4
; ἄ. ἐς ποταμόν Tab.Heracl.1.17
; ἄχρι πρὸς τὸν σκοπόν, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, Luc.Nigr.36, Herm.24; ἄχρις ἐπ' ἄκνηστιν A.R.4.1403
; ἐπ' ὀστέον IG12(7).115.9
([place name] Amorgos); ἄχρι ἐπὶ πολὺ τῶν πλευρῶν Thphr.Char.19.3
; ἄχρις ἐς ἠῶ Q.S.6.177
; ἄχρι ὑπὸ τὴν πυγήν Luc.DMort.27.4
: less freq. after the Noun, ἐς τέλος ἄχρις Q.S.2.617
, cf. Nonn.D.5.153, etc.: rarely c. acc., ἄχρι.. θρόνον ἦλθεν IG14.2012
(Sulp. Max.): with an Adv., ἄχρι πόρρω still farther, Luc.Am.12; ἄχρι δεῦρο S.E.M.8.401
.

II Prep. with gen., even to, as far as,

1 of Time, until, ἄχρι μάλα κνέφαος until deep in the night, Od.18.370; ἄχρι τῆς τήμερον ἡμέρας D.9.28
; ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τῆς τελευτῆς Id.18.179
; ἄχρι γήρως Apollod.Com.2
; ἄχρι δὲ τούτου until then, Sol.13.35; ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν Timostr.1
, Ep.Rom.8.22; ἄχρι νῦν Luc. Tim.39
, LXX Ge.44.28;
ἄχρι παντός
continually, Plu.Cic.6
.

2 of Space, as far as, even to, ἄχρι τῆς ἐσόδου τοῦ ἱροῦ Hdt.2.138
(who elsewh. has μέχρι) ; ἄ. τῆς ὁδοῦ IG12.893
; ἄ. τῆς πυλίδος SIG2587.25
; ἄ. τοῦ Πειραιῶς D.18.301
; ἔδακνεν ἄχρι τῆς καρδίας Com.Adesp.475
; ἄχρις ἥπατος Ti.Locr.101a
, cf. 100e; ἄχρι τῆς πόλεως D.H.2.43
; ἄ. τοῦ δεῦρο Gal.10.676
: after its case, ἰνίου ἄχρις Euph.41
.

3 of Measure or Degree, ἄχρι τούτου up to this point, D.23.122; ἄχρι τοῦ μὴ πεινῆν X.Smp.4.37
; ἄχρι τοῦ θορυβῆσαι D.8.77
; ἄ. θανάτου Act.Ap. 22.4
; ἄχρι τῆς πρὸς τὸν πλησίον δοξοκοπίας Polystr.p.19 W.

III as Conj., ἄχρι, ἄχρις with or without οὗ,

1 of Time, until, so long as, ἄχρι οὗ ὅδε ὁ λόγος ἐγράφετο X.HG6.4.37
; ἄχρις ὅτου Epigr.Gr.314.24
([place name] Smyrna); ἄχρι οὗ ἄν or ἄχρι ἄν with Subj., ἄχρι ἂν σχολάσῃ till he should be at leisure, X.An.2.3.2; ἄχρις οὗ ἂν δοκέῃ Hp.Fist.3
; ἄχρις ἂν αἱ ἡμέραι παρέλθωσιν Id.Int.40
; ἄχρι ἂν ἔχῃ τὸ ἴδιον ἐντελές [ἡ ἱστορία] Luc.Hist.Conscr.9: without ἄν, ἄχρις ῥεύσῃ Bion 1.47
; ἄχρι οὗ τελευτήσῃ (v.l. -σει) Hdt.1.117; ἄχρι οὗ ἐπιλάμψῃ Plu.Aem.17
; ἄχρι ἄν, c.inf., Epist.Mithr. in SIG741.37: c. inf. only, ἄχρις ἱκέσθαι ὀστέον Q.S.4.361
.

2 of Space, so far as, διώξας, ἄχρι οὗ ἀσφαλὲς ᾤετο εἶναι X.Cyr.5.4.16
: c. subj., αὐξάνεται εἰς μῆκος, ἄχρι οὗ δὴ ἐφίκηται τοῦ ἡλίου Thphr.HP5.1.8
; cf. μέχρι throughout. —[dialect] Ep. poets use ἄχρι or ἄχρις, as the metre requires: in [dialect] Ion. μέχρι is preferred (v. supr.): but ἄχρι, -ις are more common in Hom. than μέχρι: the only [dialect] Att. forms are ἄχρι, μέχρι, before both consonants and vowels, cf. Phryn.6, Moer.34; and so in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. (where it is somewhat less freq. than μέχρι): ἄχρι ἄν with hiatus in IG2.2729, Hegesipp.Com.1.26; but ἄχρις Men.Sam. 179
.—Never in Trag. (ἄχρι, = ṃṃ-χρι, cf. μέχρι.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄχρι
19 ἐκεῖνος

ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνο, also [full] κεῖνος (regular in [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Ion. (as SIG37.3 (Teos, v B.C.), though Hdt. prefers ἐκεῖνος), and Lyr., in Trag. κεῖνος only where the metre requires, cf. A.Pers. 230, 792, S.Aj. 220 (anap.), etc. ; but not in [dialect] Att. Prose, and in Com. only in mock Trag. passages): [dialect] Aeol. [full] κῆνος Sapph.2.1: [dialect] Dor. [full] τῆνος Theoc.1.4, etc.: in Com., strengthd. [full] ἐκεινοσί Eup.277 (prob.), Ar.Eq. 1196, etc. ; [full] ἐκεινοσίν A.D.Pron.59.24: ([etym.] ἐκεῖ):—demonstr. Pron.

A the person there, that person or thing, Hom., etc.: generally with reference to what has gone immediately before, Pl.Phd. 106c, X.Cyr.1.6.9, etc. ; but when οὗτος and ἐκεῖνος refer to two things before mentioned, ἐκεῖνος, prop. belongs to the more remote, in time, place, or thought, οὗτος to the nearer, Pl.Euthd. 271b, etc.: but ἐκεῖνος sts. = the latter, X.Mem. 1.3.13, D.8.72, Arist.Pol. 1325a7, etc.: ἐκεῖνος is freq. the predicate to οὗτος or ὅδε, οὗτος ἐκεῖνος τὸν σὺ ζητέεις Hdt.1.32
; τοῦτ' ἔστ' ἐκεῖνο E.Hel. 622
; ἆρ' οὗτός ἐστ' ἐκεῖνος ὅν..; Ar. Pax 240, etc.: also joined as if one Pron., τοῦτ' ἐκεῖνο..δέρκομαι S.El. 1115
, etc. ; κατ' ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ at that point of time, Plu.Alex.32, etc. ; ἐς ἐ. τοῦ χρόνου D.C. 46.49
; ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνο, à propos, Luc.Nigr.8.

2 to denote wellknown persons, etc., κεῖνος μέγας θεός Il.24.90
; ἐκεῖνος ἡνίκ' ἦν Θουκυδίδης Ar.Ach. 708
; καίτοι φασὶν Ἰφικράτην ποτ' ἐκεῖνον.. D.21.62
; ὦ παῖ 'κείνου τἀνδρός Pl.Phlb. 36d
.

b ἐκεῖνα
the ideal world, Id.Phdr. 250a
.

3 for things, of which one cannot remember or must not mention the name, = ὁ δεῖνα, so-and-so, Ar.Nu. 195.

b in formulae, τεθνάτω καὶ οἱ παῖδες οἱ ἐξ ἐκείνου IG12.10.33
.

4 with simple demonstr. force, Ἶρος ἐκεῖνος ἧσται Irus sits there, Od.18.239 ; νῆες ἐκεῖναι ἐπιπλέουσιν there are ships sailing up, Th.1.51.

5 in orat. obliq. where prop. the reflex. Pron. αὑτοῦ would stand, X. HG 1.6.14, Is.8.22, etc.

6 after a Relat. in apodosi almost pleon., X.Cyr. 1.4.19 (s.v.l.).

7 in [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Att. the Subst. with ἐκεῖνος prop. has the Art. ( κῆνος ὤνηρ Alc. Supp. 25.6
), and ἐκεῖνος may precede or follow the Subst., ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Th. 1.20
, Pl. Phd. 57a ; τὴν στρατείαν ἐ., τὸν ἄνδρ' ἐ., Th. 1.10, Ar. Pax 649 : in Poets the Art. is freq. omitted, ἤματι κείνψ Il. 2.37
, etc. ; but when this is the case in Prose, ἐκεῖνος follows the Subst., ἡμέρας ἐκείνης Th. 3.59
, etc.

II Adv.
ἐκείνως
in that case, Id.1.77
, 3.46 ; in that way, Hp.Fract. 27 ; ζῆν Pl. R. 516d
, etc.: [dialect] Ion. [full] κείνως Hdt. 1.120.

III dat. fem. ἐκείνῃ as Adv.,

1 of Place, at that place, in that neighbourhood, Hdt. 8.106, Th. 4.77, etc. ; κείνῃ (sc. ὁδῷ) Od. 13.111.

2 of Manner, in that manner, Pl. R. 556a, etc.

IV with Preps., ἐξ ἐκείνου from that time, X. Ages.1.17 ; ἀπ' ἐκείνου Luc. DMar. 2.2
; κατ' ἐκεῖνα in that region, X. HG 3.5.17, etc. ;
μετ' ἐκεῖνα
afterwards, Th. 5.81
; cf. ἐπέκεινα.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐκεῖνος
20 ὄπισθεν

ὄπισθεν, in [dialect] Ion. (Hdt.4.72, al., SIG46.65 (Halic., v B. C.), etc.) and late [dialect] Att. (Luc.Am. 16, etc.) [full] ὄπισθε before a conson., as also in Poets, E.Cyc. 545, IT 1333: poet. also [full] ὄπῐθεν Il.6.181, al., Pi.O.10(11).35, A.Pers. 1001 (lyr.):—Adv.:

I of Place, behind, at the back, opp. πρόσθε, Il.5.595 ; πρόσθε λέων ὄπιθεν δὲ δράκων μέσση δὲ χίμαιρα 6.181
; ὄπισθεν καταλιπεῖν Od.10.209
; μένειν Il.9.332
, etc. ; πέμψει οὖρον ὄ. Od.15.34
; ὄπιθεν κομόωντες with long back-hair, Il.2.542 ; ὄπιθεν κομόωσαι ἔθειραι IG12(9).1179.9
([place name] Euboea) ; ὄ. ἕπεσθαι, ἀκολουθεῖν, A. l. c., etc. ; οἱ ὄπιθεν those who are left behind, e.g. at home, Od.11.66 ; but also, those who are in the rear, X.Cyr.2.2.8 ; εἰ τοὺς ὄ. ἐς τὸ πρόσθεν ἄξομεν shall bring the rear ranks to the front (metaph.), S.Aj. 1249 ; αἱ ὄ. ἁψῖδες the hinder fellies, Hdt.4.72 ; τὰ ὄ. the hinder parts, rear, back, Il.11.613 ; οἱ ὄ. ἁρμοί IG12.372.117
;
εἰς τοὔπισθεν
back, backwards, E.Ph. 1410
, Pl.Sph. 261b, etc. ; εἰς τ. τοξεύειν, i. e. 'versis sagittis', like the Parthians, X.An.3.3.10 : opp. ἐκ τοὔπισθεν Ar.Ec. 482
, cf. Th.7.79, X.An.4.1.6 ; ἐν τῷ ὄ. Pl.R. 614c
, X.Cyn.9.8, etc. ; ὄ. ποιήσασθαι τὸν ποταμόν place the river in his rear, Id.An.1.10.9.

2 Prep. c. gen., behind, στῆ δ' ὄπιθεν δίφροιο Il.17.468
; ὄπισθε μάχης 13.536
; ὄπισθε τῆς θύρης Hdt.1.9
; ἔμπροσθέ τε Θερμοπυλέων καὶ ὄ. Id.7.176
; ὄ. ἐμοῦ.. εἰσῄει Pl.Smp. 175a
, etc.: sts. after its case, δίφρου ὄπισθεν Il.24.15
; ἴμεν φάμας ὄπισθεν follow the voice, Pi.O. 6.63 ; γνώμης πατρῴας πάντ' ὄ. ἑστάναι S.Ant. 640
; also τούτοισι δ' ὄ. ἴτω Cratin.30
; πνοιαῖς ὄπιθεν Βορέα Pi.O.3.31
(s. v.l.).

II of Time, after, in future, hereafter, Il.4.362, Od.2.270, 18.168, etc. ; either of a thing absolutely future, or of one which follows something else, opp. αὐτίκα, Il.9.519 ; ὄπιθεν οὐ πολλόν Pi.O.10(11).35
; πολλοῖς μησὶν ὄ. Theoc.Ep.22.8
; cf. ὀπίσω 11.1
.

2 ἐν τοῖσι ὄ. λόγοισι in the books yet to come, in the following books, Hdt.5.22, 7.213 ; cf. ὀπίσω 11.2
: but, in Gramm., of what has gone before, Sch. Od.3.366, Hsch. s.v. Ἴωνες, Sch.Ar.Ra. 1488 ; ὁ ὄπιθεν χρόνος the earlier time, PMasp.158.22 (vi A. D.) :—for [comp] Comp. ὀπίστερος, [comp] Sup. ὀπίστατος, v. sub vocc. (Prob. from Οπις 'back', contained in ἀνόπιν, κατόπιν, μετόπιν, ὀπίσω.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὄπισθεν

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

POETS day — is a term used by workers in the United Kingdom and Australia, to jocularly refer to Friday as the last day of the work week. The letters in POETS are an acronym for Piss Off Early Tomorrow s Saturday : hence Friday becomes a Poet s day.… … Wikipedia
Poets and Murder — infobox Book | name = Poets and Murder image caption = University of Chicago Press 1998 author = Robert van Gulik cover artist = Ed Lindlof series = Judge Dee genre = Mystery, Detective Novel publisher = University of Chicago Press release date … Wikipedia
Before The Amplifiers, Live Acoustic — Infobox Album | Name = Before The Amplifiers, Live Acoustic Type = Live Artist = Sister Hazel Released = June 17, 2008 Recorded = January 12, 2008 at Nickel Dime Studios in Atlanta, GA Genre = Acoustic rock Length = 76:05 Label = Croakin… … Wikipedia
Postbeat Poets — An early 21st Century manifestation of the outrider [Anne Waldman. “The Outrider Legacy.” Vow to Poetry . Coffee House Press, Minneapolis. 2001. 166.] poetic tradition, the Postbeat poets have commonalities with the Dadaist, Objectivist poets,… … Wikipedia
Objectivist poets — The Objectivist poets were a loose knit group of second generation Modernists who emerged in the 1930s. They were mainly American and were influenced by, amongst others, Ezra Pound and William Carlos Williams. The basic tenets of Objectivist… … Wikipedia
NORAZ Poets — is a nonprofit poetry organization based in Northern Arizona now aimed at youth and senior citizens suffering from Alzheimer s disease. It was founded in Sedona, Arizona in 2003 by poet Christopher Lane, who serves as the organization s executive … Wikipedia
Night of the Murdered Poets — On August 12, 1952, thirteen Soviet Jews were executed in the Lubyanka Prison in Moscow, Russia as a result of charges of espionage based on forced, false confessions resulting from coercion and torture.[1] This massacre is known as the Night of… … Wikipedia
Metaphysical poets — John Donne, one of the most famous Metaphysical Poets. The metaphysical poets is a term coined by the poet and critic Samuel Johnson to describe a loose group of British lyric poets of the 17th century, who shared an interest in metaphysical… … Wikipedia
List of early-modern women poets (UK) — This is an alphabetical list of female poets who were active in the United Kingdom before approximately 1800. (NB. Poetry is the focus of this list, though many of these writers worked in more than one genre). A C* Eliza Acton (1799 1859) * Jean… … Wikipedia
The Last Poets — Infobox musical artist Name = The Last Poets Img capt = The Last Poets on their debut album Img size = Background = group or band Birth name = Alias = Born = Died = Origin = Harlem, New York, NY, USA Instrument = Genre = Spoken Word, Poetry… … Wikipedia
List of Ancient Greek poets — This Assortment of Ancient Greek poets covers poets writing in the Ancient Greek language, regardless of location or nationality of the poet. For a list of modern day Greek poets, see List of Greek poets. Contents: Top · 0–9 A B C D E F G H… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на все языки

Poets before

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на все языки

Poets before

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: